The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
THE
M E R C H A N T S ’ MAGAZINE,
E s t a b lis h e d J u l y , 1 8 3 9 ,
BY FREEMAN HUNT, EDITOR AND PROPRIETOR.
VOLUME XIV.
APRIL,
1846.
NU M BER IV.
C O N T E N T S OF NO. IV., VOL. XI V.
A R T IC L E S .
PA Q S
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce. A Lecture delivered before the
Mercantile Library Association of Cincinnati. By J oh n W. E l l is , of Ohio, 307
The Influence o f Climate on Longevity: with Special Reference to Life Insu
rance. By J a m es M ’C u n e S m it h , M. D., of New York................................... 319
Counterfeiting M arks and Names on Merchandise. On the Counterfeiting of
the Marks and Names of Tradesmen and others upon Goods, and the selling
them as Genuine. By C h a r l e s E d w a r d s , Counsellor at Law, of New York, 330
The Wine Districts o f Portugal and Madeira...................................................... 339
Mineral Wealth and Resources o f Virginia. A Letter to the Editor, from a
Virginian,................................. ................................................................................ 343
The Chinese Museum in Boston. By J am es H. L an m a n , Esq.,....................... 347
Life in California. By a M e r c h a n t , .................................................................... 349
M E R C A N T I L E LAW CASES.
Liability of Banks for Neglect to Protest Drafts Forwarded for Collection,.................
Discharge of Endorsers, etc.,.............................................................................................
Commission Merchants—Action of Assumpsit,...............................................................
The Law of Patents—Injunction in Case of a Manufacturing Company,.................
Action to Recover Damage for Injury done Merchandise on .Ship-board,...................
Action to Recover Value of Merchandise deposited in a Public Yard,........................
353
353
354
355
356
356
CO M M E R C I A L CHRONICLE AND REVIEW,
EMBRACING A FINANCIAL AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW OF THE UNITED STATES, ETC., ILLUSTRATED
WITH TABLES, ETC., AS FOLLOWS :
Present state of the Commercial World—Probable changes about to take place—Pro
posed reduction of Taxes on various Articles of British Industry imported into this
Country—Goods imported into the United States, the amount of Duty paid,
the rate per cent of that Duty and the proposed Duty— Quantities and Values of
sundry imported Articles compared, for three years—Ad Valorem rate of Specific
Duties in each year—Banks of the United States, and Annual Imports—Import
from, and Export to, England—British Duties at four Periods, viz: 1840,1842-44,
1844-45, and 1846—A General View of the Important Changes about to take
place in Commercial Affairs, and their probable Results—The State Debt of Mary
land, Indiana, Michigan, Mississippi, Pennsylvania, etc., etc.................................... 357
VOL. XIV.— NO. IV .
20
I
306
CO NTEN TS o r N O. IV ., VO L. X IV .
?A6Z
COMMERCIAL STATISTICS.
Tables of Value of New York State and City Stocks at 5 per cent on the Investment, 364
Commerce of the United States with the W orld,............................................................ 365
Value of Articles Imported into, and Exported from the United States, designating
the Countries from which received, and to which the same were exported,... 365-367
Cotton Wool Trade of Great Britain,............................................................................... 368
Statement of the Import of Cotton Wool into Great Britain from 1836 to 1845,....... 368
Stocks of Cotton at the close of the last 6 years in the Kingdom,............................... 368
British Import of different descriptions of Cotton Imported from 1806 to 1845, being
a period of 40 years, distinguishing the Growth,......................................................... 369
Import of Cotton Wool into Liverpool in each year, from 1791 to 1845,.................... 369
Export and Consumption of Cotton in Great Britain for 4 years,.................................. 370
Prices of Cotton at Liverpool, in 1844 and 1845,............................................................ 370
French Cotton Wool Trade at Havre, from 1836 to 1845,............................................ 370
Imports of American Cotton in Trieste, from 1831 to 1845,......................................... 370
Pork Trade and Packing in the West, Statistics of,....................................................... 371
Import of Hides at New York from different countries, in 1845,................................ 372
Liverpool Tobacco Trade—Imports, Deliveries, etc., for a series of years,................. 372
Prices Current of Tobacco at Liverpool, Dec. 31, 1843, 1844, and 1845,.................. 373
Passages of the New York Packet Ships from Liverpool, etc.,from 1845 to 1846,... 374
Commerce of Amsterdam,....... ............................................................................................ 374
Anthracite Coal Trade of Pennsylvania, Statistics of from its commencement,....... 375
British Manufactures Exported to the United States, compared with those exported
to all countries, in 1844 and 1845,................................................................................. 377
Key W est, and Wrecking for Salvage,.............................................................................. 377
“
Salvages Decreed and Awarded since 1831,............................................... 378
COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS.
Circular of Instructions to Collectors of Customs,............................................................
Goods Imported in Large Bales, and entered for Exportation,......................................
Rates of Pilotage for the Port of Philadelphia,.................................................................
Cuba Regulations of Trade and Tonnage,.......................................................................
Tariff of Charges on Cotton at Mobile,.;..........................................................................
378
378
379
380
380
NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE.
Trinity Corporation Rules of the Sea, etc.,...................................................................... 380
New Light-House at St. Johns, Porto Rico—Discovery of a New Shoal,.................. 381
Lights on the Island of Moen—Port of Caernarvon Lights, etc.,.................................. 381
RAILROAD AND S T E A M B O A T STA TISTIC S.
Statistical View of Massachusetts Railroads, in 1845,.....................................................
Massachusetts Railways, by J. E. Bloomfield, E sq.,...................... ................................
Statistical View of the Railroads of New York, in 1845,.................................. 384,
Southwestern Railroad and Banking Co.—Steamboat building in S t Louis, in 1845,
382
383
385
386
MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES.
Mercantile Library Company of Philadelphia—Annual Report,..................................
Mercantile Library Association of Baltimore,.......................................................... ........
Articles consumed in the Manufacture of Glass,..............................................................
New England Mutual Life Insurance Company.................................. ..........................
Louisiana: its Agricultural and Commercial Interests,...................................... ............
British Trade with China,....................................................................................................
Mining Operations of the French,.....................................................................................
Effects of W ar on American Commerce—Copper Mines of New Jersey,.................
Smuggling of Goods in Spain—Increase of National Wealth in Great Britain,........
French Commercial Marine—Louisiana Law of Arrest for Debt,................................
Tricks in the Tobacco Trade—Hop Trade of New England,.........................................
Port of Lafayette, Louisiana—Cotton Manufacturing in France,..................................
387
388
388
389
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
THE BGOK TR A D E ,
Embracing notices of books for the month,............................................................. 397-400
HUNT’S
MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE.
APRIL,
1846.
Art. I.— SKETCHES OF VENETIAN HISTORY AND COMMERCE.*
I n the year 452, Attila, king of the Huns, emerging from the forests of
Germany with a vast horde of Scythian soldiers, spread them like a pes
tilence over the rich and fertile plains of northern Italy ; and the fearful
threat of the barbarian conqueror, that “ the grass never grew where his
horse once trod,” was fulfilled upon the devoted heads of almost the entire
population of the country; and as he passed onwards at the head of his
fierce Goths, cities, towns, and villages, upon which the morning sun had
shone in peace and security, were left at its going down heaps of smoking
ruins. Infancy and old age, and the weakness of woman, herself, met
alike the same death with the strong-armed soldier, who opposed in vain
that resistless band which had never met a reverse, and which, alter depop
ulating the east, seemed to grow more blood-thirsty as they approached
the imperial city. The inhabitants of many towns yet unreached by the
conqueror, not daring to face the approaching tempest, and seeking only
peace and security, abandoned their houses and country to the victors, and
fled to the numerous islands situated along the northern shores of the Ad
riatic Gulf. These islands promised them refuge from pursuit, and secu
rity for their property. An invader, like Attila, who sought for spoil and
plunder, could find little to attract him amidst these desolate and barren
islands, which, though numerous, offered no inducement to an enemy in
search of glory, wealth, or conquest. About the mouths of the many riv.
ers which discharge themselves into this gulf, these islands are situated,
and are partly protected from the sea by long intervening slips of land,
which serve as so many natural breakwaters, and partly by deposits of
sand and sea-weed, which, neither sea nor land, extend at the present day
thirty miles from the shore. This whole expanse is called the Lagoon,
* Anniversary address, delivered before the Young Mens’ Mercantile Library Asso
ciation of Cincinnati, April 16, 1844, by John W. Ellis, now first published in this Mag
azine by the request of that association.
308
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
and is navigable for large vessels only under the charge of experienced
pilots. The inner harbors are safe and commodious, and are well adapt
ed to the extensive commerce of which they afterwards became the centre.
These wretched fugitives from the wrath of Attila, after becoming estab
lished in their new homes, subsisted by fishing, and the manufacture of
salt, and the very scanty vegetation which the sandy soil of the island pro
duced. Each principal island was governed by a tribune, until the year
697, when, in consequence of new disorders in Italy, a considerable num
ber of fresh refugees seeking an asylum in these islands, the necessity was
felt of adopting a system of government better suited to the exigencies of
the rising state, than the indefinite system which had till then been acted
upon; and it was wisely determined to confide into a single hand the
power which had been heretofore divided among the various tribunes.
The new officer was called Doge. His patronage and prerogatives were
almost unlimited, and he was elected for life.
Two centuries and a half rolled around, and the scanty returns from the
laborious occupations of these hardy colonists began to produce their
fruits, and gradually the inhabitants grew in wealth, power, and impor
tance. The whole bosom of the Northern Adriatic was a hive of industri
ous islanders, who found there that security of which the rest of Italy was
deprived. The sixty islands that clustered around Rialto, were connected
with it and each other by bridges ; a new capital arose within their cir
cuit, a cathedral and a ducal palace were founded on the spot which they
still occupy, and the name of the province on terra firma, Venezia, from
which the citizens derived their origin, was given to the metropolis which
they were creating. Such, in the year 809, was the birth of Venice.
In our own country, we behold, without surprise, the creation in half a
century of a rich city, and an extended commerce ; but in those days of
slothful progress, men were influenced less by a spirit of enterprise, than
the predictions of astrology or pretended prophecy; and how great would
have been the incredulity, had the wisest of their devotees foreseen that
from the little band of refugees gathered together on these desolate
islands, so small and narrow that the rising tides almost hid them be
neath their waves, there would, within tw'o or three centuries, spring up
a nation so powerful, a city so wealthy, a community so intelligent and
sagacious, and a government so eminently “ wise in their generation,”
that every nation in Europe should ask their aid, and seek their counsel;—
could they have foreseen that from this little band of refugees, a republic
should spring, upon whose consent depended the very existence of those
vast projects which engaged the attention of all Christendom—the armament of the Crusaders :—could they have foreseen that from this source a
republic should spring, whose army was to overthrow and subjugate the
empire of the Constantines ;— could they have foreseen that from the fish
ing vessels of the Lagoon, should spring that mighty commercial navy
which was destined to gather into one great mart the untold wealth of
Europe, Asia and Africa. How great would have been their incredulity,
could the poor salt-makers of the Rialto have been foretold, that from their
scattered habitations, should spring the most magnificent and wealthy city
of the middle ages ! The progress of our own country, in its vast develop
ment of wealth and resources, with all the advantages of modem science
and civilization, was far surpassed by that of Venice, if, in the compari
son, we duly estimate the various circumstances under which the two re
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
309
publics attained their greatness. This surprising progress was made
amidst a surrounding barbarism, so great that even the genius of an Al
fred, or a Charlemagne, could scarce redeem the history of their time from
almost an entire blank. The elements of this prosperity are to be
found in the vigor, strength, and energy of a young and growing nation,
ambitious of wealth and distinction, freed from the deadening weight of
feudal law and exactions, encouraged by a firm and jealous government,
ever alive to the pecuniary advantages of its citizens, and its own political
supremacy ; a government which, with all its advantages, has been a
mystery and a riddle to the rest of mankind.
In the year 827, eighteen years after the founding of the city, the cap
tains often Venetian vessels trading in the harbor of Alexandria, (a fact
showing the extent of their commerce at that early day,) resolved to carry
off by force or stratagem the body of St. Mark, which was said to be re
posing in a church in that city. The wondrous miracles which had been
wrought at his shrine, had strongly attached the Egyptian populace to his
memory. The Venetian captains, by bribing the priests, succeeded in
obtaining the body of the holy saint, but got it on board with great diffi
culty. During the voyage home, the fleet was in great danger from a
violent storm, and all would have been lost, but for the timely appearance
of the saint on deck, who, taking command of the vessels, ordered the be
wildered crews to furl their sails. The joy of the Venetians knew no
bounds on the arrival of this precious cargo. The city was solemnly con
signed to his care, and the saint himself, or his lion, was blazoned on her
standards, or impressed on her coinage—and the shouts of the populace,
whether on occasions of sedition or joy, and the gathering cry of the a r
mies of the republic in battle, was henceforth “ Viva San Marco !”
Until the end of the tenth century, no great political events transpired
in her history. H er largely extended commerce, by increasing her inter
nal wealth and resources, had breathed into her government a desire for
foreign conquest. The two centuries over which we have passed, had
raised the small community of Venetians into a rich, powerful, and inde
pendent nation, and it had already become the commercial mart of
Greece, and all the countries bordering on the Adriatic. In the year 991,
the Doge concluded a treaty with the Greek emperor, and with the sul
tans of Syria and Egypt, acquiring exclusive and important privileges to
the Venetians in the Levant. Pisa, Genoa, and Amalfi, subsequently her
chief maritime competitors, were at that time hardly known. A few years
afterwards the Doge conquered and took possession of the entire eastern
coast of the Adriatic, as far as the M orea; and, with the consent of the
Greek emperor, assumed the title of the Duke of Dalmatia.
During the next hundred years, Venice became greatly distinguished as
a naval and military power. H er success in her wars with the king of
Hungary, and the Patriarch of Aquilea, gave her citizens that confidence
in their own strength and resources, which enabled her government to
maintain a firm security amidst the convulsions of the surrounding nations.
But it was the part borne by Venice in the wars of the Crusades, that
rendered her most illustrious, and the results were greater than her most
sanguine citizens dared look for. W e cannot now look into the causes
which summoned the whole Christian population of the west to the rescue
of the Holy Land—we cannot say whether they were impelled by a wide
spread religious enthusiasm, more than a desire for conquest and wealth,
310
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
or to a love of romantic and perilous adventure. There can be no ques
tion that the prominent part which Venice bore in these expeditions must
be attributed to reasons of commercial policy. However much she might
wish to see the infidels expelled from the holy places of the east, and from
the enjoyment of the vast wealth of Syria, her own interest demanded
that she should not allow the other nations of Europe to become her rivals
in the monopoly of the rich trade of the Levant, and she took part in these
expeditions, even with the certainty of breaking her valuable connection
with the Eastern empire. The brilliant results of the third Crusade am
ply rewarded the Venetians for their share in the enterprise. They dis
tinguished themselves above all their allies for their single-hearted devo
tion and bravery at the siege of Tyre. The walls of this devoted city
had been garrisoned by the joint forces of the sultans of Damascus and
Egypt, and nineteen miles of ramparts bristled with armed defenders.
The sea encompassed it on all sides, save where a channel, in its nar
rowest part more than half a mile in breadth, was crossed by the mole
constructed by Alexander, 1400 years before, and which, if it bore wit
ness that in the end Tyre might be won, proved at the same time the
gigantic efforts demanded for its reduction. The conqueror of the world
had almost abandoned this city in despair, nor was it till seven months of
unparalleled toil, and the loss of more blood than all Persia cost him, that
he entered its breach by storm. The most prodigious efforts of the first
Crusaders had been vainly levelled against its walls ; and for five months,
amidst blood and carnage, the anus of the third Crusaders were now di
rected against it before it fell.
About the middle of the twelfth century, the Venetians were humbled by
defeat, and disgraced by disasters, in their wars with the Eastern empire ;
but during all her national reverses, and she suffered many, which in fu
ture years brought her to the brink of destruction, the patriotism of her
citizens was unbounded ; and even when her people were suffering under
the tyranny of her government and nobility, they yet fought and died
under the banner of St. Mark, with a devotion rarely equalled.
Dp to this time her government had been that of the simplest repub
licanism, and afterwards an elective despotism. The excessive power
conferred on the Doge, at his election for life, was often abused, and this
gave rise to numerous revolts and factions, which impaired the power of
the state. No other authority appears to have existed except that of the
Council of Forty, of whose origin and duties little is known, only that they
acted as a check upon the power of the Doge, and they may be consid
ered as the representatives of the most powerful families of the state, and
were gradually acquiring the privilege of a strong hereditary nobility.
To avoid the inconvenience of general assemblies of the people for the
election of Doge, a Council of 480 was selected from the mass, to be re
newed annually. From this body, still unwieldy, a Committee of Sixty
was appointed to advise with the l)oge on affairs of state. Another more
private Council of Six was at the same time appointed, and were called
Counsellors of the Red Robe, and were elected by the six different sections
of the republic. The Doge, the Committee of Sixty, and the Council of
Six, composed what may be called the Signory. Of these three divisions
of government the Council of Forty may be considered as possessing the
sovereignty, the Grand Council of 480 as forming the deliberative body,
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
311
and the Council of Six, acting through the Doge, as the executive de
partment.
The strong jealousy of the members of the 480 produced another
change, and in the year 1249 they renounced the election of Doge, and
entrusted it to a commission drawn from their own body.' This commis
sion named another, which, reduced by lot to one-fourth, named a third,
and by these alternate operations of lot and election, at length formed the
last commission of forty-one members, who could elect the Doge only by
a majority of twenty-five suffrages. This labyrinth of form preserved for
several hundred years an entire purity in the election of the first, officer of
the republic, even amidst the wildest corruption and profligacy of its fu
ture days. But with all this care for the purity of his election, each suc
ceeding year diminished the small remnant of power which he was still
permitted to retain by a nobility which was rapidly acquiring the whole
power of the state ; and henceforward the Doge must be considered as little
else than a state puppet, tricked out with a title and crown for purposes of
pageantry, surrounded with pomp, but with little real power. As the no
bility strengthened themselves, the people became weaker, and were soon
a mere cipher. In the year 1297 the membership of the Grand Council
was legally made hereditary in the aristocratic families of the city. And
thus was founded that famous Venetian nobility, which was, in the lan
guage of Sismondi, “ so prudent, so jealous, so ambitious,—which Europe
regarded with astonishment ; immoveable in principle ; unshaken in
power ; uniting some of the most odious practices of despotism with the
name of liberty ; suspicious and perfidious in politics ; sanguinary in re
venge ; indulgent to the subject; sumptuous in the public service ; eco
nomical in the administration of the finances ; equitable and impartial in
the public service ; knowing well how to give prosperity to the arts, agri
culture and commerce ; beloved by the people who obeyed it, whilst it
made the nobles, who partook its power, terrible.” In 1315 a register
was opened called the Golden Book, in which were inscribed the names
of all those who had sat in the Great Council of 480. A few years after
ward, all limitation of nmnber was abolished, and the simple fact of being
a descendant of one of its members, was a sufficient claim to entitle its
possessor to a seat in the Grand Council. The government of the repub
lic was completed by the establishment, in 1325, of the Council of Ten,
a body possessed of the most extraordinary and unlimited power over the
lives and property of every citizen of the state, from the Doge to the lowest
fisherman of the Lido. Their proceedings were governed by what they
called reasons of state. The public eye never penetrated the mystery of
their proceedings. The dungeon and the rack produced all the evidence
they required. The trial, the condemnation, and the death, were alike
undivulged ; and this odious tribunal, an object of terror and detestation
to every class of citizens, maintained an unlimited sway to the very last
days of the republic. At first instituted for the discovery and punishment
of crimes against the state, it gained such power that it annulled at plea
sure the decrees of the Grand Council, and degraded its members. The
proceedings and the very existence of this tribunal have been a stumblingblock in the way of the Italian historians, and some have even affirmed
that the long stability of Venice was chiefly owing to the most remark
able, the most formidable, and the most execrable part of her govern
ment—the Council of Ten.
'312
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
For twenty years the whole of Christian Europe had been convulsed
by the quarrels between the rival claimants for the vacant Papal throne,
Victor IV., and Alexander III., the former backed by the powerful aid
of the emperor, Frederick Barbarossa. Driven from Rome, Alexander
passed many years in poverty and exile, depending for aid, and even a
bare subsistence, upon the generosity of the neighboring princes. But all
his disappointments and years of suffering could not break down that un
conquerable spirit, which was destined, before his death, to place firmly
under his spiritual dominion the king of England, as well as the proud
Barbarossa. After years of pursuit and persecution from the German
emperor, he at last, in the year 1177, threw himself on the generosity of
the Venetian government, which at once took up the quarrel, and boldly
carried it through to a successful issue. The Venetian and German
fleets, the former commanded by the Doge in person, and bearing the
pontifical blessing, met in the Adriatic ; and, after a desperate battle of
many hours, in which one hundred vessels were engaged, the Venetians
came off’ completely victorious. Alexander hastened to meet the Doge,
and a solemn ceremony, which continued to be celebrated as long as the
republic existed, dates its origin from his gratitude. As soon as Ziani,
the Doge, touched the land, the holy father presented him with a ring of
gold. “ Take,” he said, “ this ring, and with it take, on my authority,
the sea as your subject. Every year, on the return of this happy day, you
and your successors shall make known to all posterity that the right of
conquest has subjugated the Adriatic to Venice as a spouse to her
husband.”
Of the many ceremonies to which the Venetians were so much at
tached, the marriage of the Adriatic appears to have been cherished by
them with the greatest pride ; and, during the long course of six hundred
years, every return of the anniversary witnessed the repetition of her fig
urative nuptials. The Doge and officers of state having heard mass in the
chapel of St. Mark, embarked on board the Bucentaur, a state galley,
blazing with gold, and enriched with costly ornaments. Gliding through
the canals amid festive shouts and triumphal music, this superb pageant
arrived at the shore of the Lido, near the mouth of the h arbor; and there
the princely bridegroom, dropping a golden ring into the bosom of his be
trothed, espoused her with this brief but significant greeting : “ W e wed
thee with this ring in token of our true and perpetual sovereignty.”
The defeat of the German emperor was followed by his deep personal
humiliation, and on the restoration of Alexander, he asked an interview
with him at Venice. The scene which followed, though familiar to all,
is one of the most remarkable in history. Alexander, clothed in his pon
tifical robes, with the triple crown upon his brow, attended by the Doge,
and surrounded by a brilliant throng of cardinals, prelates and ambassa
dors, removed from the arrogant Frederick his sentence of excommunica
tion, and permitted him to approach. As the emperor drew near, he cast
aside his princely vestments, prostrated himself at the holy father’s throne,
and crept onward that he might kiss his feet. With a feeling of pride
and indignation, and the remembrance of a life of wrong and insult, the
holy father, planting his foot on the neck of the prostrate emperor, repeat
ed the words of David : “ Thou shaft go upon the lion and the adder, the
young lion and the dragon shaft thou tread under thy feet.” The prince
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
313
remonstrated against the indignity, and Alexander placed his foot the
second time more firmly upon the neck of his fonner enemy—
-------- “ thus at last consoled
For flight, disguise, and many an aguish shake,
On his stone pillow.”
The conduct of Alexander, in this scene, has been severely questioned
by some historians, who regard it as the result of a petty feeling of re
venge little consistent with his character as the representative of the
meekness of the Saviour ; others defend him upon these genera! grounds
—that he was the true head of the church, and the vicar of the Saviour
upon earth, and that what he had suffered in his own person, that church
and that Saviour suffered also. Alexander’s conduct during his twenty
years of exile and persecution, proves that this was his own sincere belief.
No names of great personal distinction had yet shone in the annals of
Venice; we now approach the history of her heroes and statesmen. E n
rico Dandolo was elected the forty-second Doge in the year 1192, en
feebled by the burden of eighty-four winters, and deprived of sight. His
long life of activity was crowned by an extreme old age, crowded with in
cidents of heroism and glory performed during the wars of the fourth Cru
sade, before the walls of Constantinople. When Fulk, a priest of Neuilly,
near Paris, with the consent of Innocent III., had again aroused the dor
mant energies of Christendom, and the nations of the west of Europe were
the fourth time confederated for the recovery of the Holy Sepulchre, am
bassadors were again despatched to the Venetians for their consent and
assistance, for without their ships and sailors the expedition could not be
transported to the east. They joined the armies of the west, but only
after such negotiations as assured them of a continued mercantile suprem
acy, and immense pecuniary advantages. It was on the 9th of October,
1202, that the fleet, bearing the armies of the fourth Crusade, unmoored
from the harbors of Venice. A nobler armament had never sailed from
port. Five hundred Venetian vessels stemmed the Adriatic. Of these,
fifty were ships of war ; one of giant size, the Mondo, being of two thou
sand tons burden. The army was composed of forty thousand Christian
soldiers, amply supplied with stores, provisions, and artillery, and com
manded by the Marquis of Montferrat. Circumstances which we cannot
here relate, changed entirely the destination of the expedition ; and instead
of proceeding to Palestine, the Crusaders passed through the Dardanelles,
and laid siege to Constantinople, the capital of the Eastern empire, and
at that time the richest city in the world. For the events of this Crusade,
the destruction of Constantinople, and the overthrow of the Greek empire,
although closely connected with the history of Venice, I must refer you to
the 40th chapter of Gibbon, whose glowing pictures display the brilliant
power and ability of the great historian. During the long siege, the Ve
netians at sea, led on by old Dandolo, in his 97th year, and the French on
land, vied with each other in deeds of heroism. The city was finally
taken, and abandoned to the pillage of the soldiery, and never was a con
quered city more completely ravaged by a horde of merciless barbarians.
Her magnificent churches, and their contents of art, books, the entire lit
erature of the time, pictures, statues, and the countless treasures which
the luxury, and pride and wealth of nine centuries had collected, perished
indiscriminately beneath^the fury of the Christian army. The booty col
314
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
lected was of immense value, amounting to about twelve millions of dollars,
about twenty times the then annual revenue of Great Britain. The share
of the Venetians was nearly five millions of dollars, and amongst other ac
quisitions, they removed to Venice the four famous horses of gilt bronze,
which to the present day adorn the porch of St. Mark. These horses
were brought originally from Alexandria by Augustus, and successively'
crowned the arches of Nero, Domitian, Trajan and Constantine. They
were taken to Paris, by Bonaparte, but were restored to Venice in 1815.
Dandolo and his army acquired a large extent of territory in Greece and
the JEgean Sea, and he was permitted to annex to his title of Doge of
Venice, those of Despot of Romania, and Lord of three-eighths of the
Roman empire.
One of the most interesting, yet obscure passages in Venetian history,
is that of the conspiracy and death of Marino Faliero, the 47th Doge.
Distinguished by a long life of patriotic devotion to his country, and of dis
tinguished public services, his extreme old age, like that of Dandolo and
many others of his predecessors, was crowned by the acquisition of the
ducal bonnet. History gives us few of the details of the conspiracy
which resulted in the death of the first officer of the state, but whatever
they were, the fearftd ubiquity of the Council of T en penetrated the mys
tery, and with their accustomed celerity, brought every conspirator to in
stant death. The head of the old Doge rolled down the Giant’s Stair
case, the entrance to his own palace, and the spot where he had taken
the oath at his coronation. In the Hall of the Great Council are ranged
to this day, in chronological order, the portraits of every Doge of Venice,
save one. A black veil covers the frame left vacant for that of Marino
Faliero.
It is not necessary to repeat here any of the details 'of those bloody in
testine wars and feuds between the rival princes of the different govern
ments which divided the whole of Italy. They continued for more than
two hundred years previous to the fifteenth century, and greatly retarded
that civilization and advancement, in which Italy, notwithstanding these
drawbacks, far surpassed every other country.
If Venice was the Ocean Queen of the middle ages, she had now a
competitor who bid fair to rival her in commercial wealth, grandeur and
prosperity. Genoa, controlled by the firm hand of the Dorias, whose sa
gacious policy had extended her establishments in Spain, Syria and
Greece, was rapidly acquiring that weight and influence in Italian poli
tics of which Venice was the acknowledged head. “ If Genoa had less
wealth, she had equal enterprise, an equal thirst for gain, and equal am
bition.” Such commercial rivalry, encouraged by every element of dis
cord, soon ended in general open hostilities between the two republics.
This w ar was the most remarkable of all those which desolated Italy,
and is familiar to the readers of her history, as the W ar of Chiozza. An
enemy had never yet set foot in the streets of Venice, nor even nearly
approached it— her very existence was now threatened by the Genoese,
who took one of the outworks of the capital, and the Venetians sued for
peace, upon any terms guaranteeing alone the independence of the city.
They were refused, and becoming desperate in such an extremity, again
attacked the enemy with success, and the Genoese had soon to lament
the total loss of two fleets and a fine army. W e may here observe that
all these conquests were achieved by foreign generals— for the republic
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
315
never entrusted her own subjects with the command of armies—and that
some of them, when success once forsook them, were cruelly and perfidi
ously put to death by the suspicious Council of Ten. These exploits gave
a brilliant lustre to the reigns of Foscari, Gradenigo, Contarini and Loredano— names distinguished above all others among the statesmen of
Venice—increased as they were by the great naval and military talents
of such men as Pisani, Cr.rmagnuola, and above all of Carlo Zeno, who
may be considered the great naval hero of the middle ages. A Venetian
by birth, he had passed a turbulent and reckless youth—grown to man
hood, he was bold and daring in his nature ; and filled with a love of wild
adventure, he had cruised with his fleet, under the commission of his coun
try, throughout the Mediterranean, acquiring immense wealth by the plun
der of Genoese commerce. W e cannot call him a pirate, but must regard
him as we do those bold adventurers of the sixteenth century, Cavendish,
Drake, Dampier and Raleigh, possessing the prominent traits of the hero,
buccaneer and pirate. Now assisting the king of Cyprus in his wars,
and again endeavoring to restore a deposed emperor to the throne of the
east, he had been long absent from his country. But forsaking his pirate
objects when his country was in danger, he flew to her rescue, and saved
her from destruction.
Venice was forced to take part in the famous Italian wars of Charles
VIII. and Francis I., the result of the league of Cambray, a combination
of several of the most powerful of the European states, formed in 1508,
and especially directed against her increasing power and influence.
She came out honorably from the contest, though with the loss of all her
possessions on the main land. Not the least interesting feature in the re
lation of these wars, are the achievements of those brave French knights,
Bayard, and Gaston De Foix, renowned alike in history, song and story.
The end of the fifteenth century has been styled by modern writers the
transition period of society; when the nations of Europe, enlightened by
the art of printing, and enriched by the wealth of maritime discovery,
were emerging from the barbarism of the feudal ages, to the progressive
civilization of a later day. The same period we may consider the turning
point of Venetian greatness—the epoch of her loftiest elevation. Some
knowledge of her strength at this time may be learned from the fact, that
the league of Cambray, cemented for her destruction, was composed of
nearly all the leading powers of Europe, either of which possessed ten
times the extent of her immediate territory. This league weakened, but
did not destroy her.
It was at this period that her colonial possessions extended over the Ad
riatic, the iEgean Sea, and the Levant, embracing Dalmatia, Istria, and
the Morea, the rich islands of Candia, Cyprus, and the Negropont; it
was at this period that her busy commerce extended from the banks of the
Po, to the British islands, and to the farthest confines of the Euxine, pour
ing into her coffers the riches of the “ exhaustless e a s t w h e n her sail
ors and citizens were gorged with its wealth ; when her nobles walked
the streets in purple, and her merchants dwelt in palaces more splendid
than those of a Henry or a Francis, and her gigantic might was felt to be
oppressive by all Europe. It was then that her vast arsenals were full to
overflowing, her cathedrals the most numerous and beautiful in Italy ; her
schools of literature, navigation, and the fine arts, frequented by the curi
ous and the learned of every nation. Though the dust of Laura’s lover
316
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
now rests in Arqua, yet his residence, and that of Erasmus, in Venice,
have given her a reputation for the cultivation of letters inferior only to
that of Florence under the Medici; and modern literature is indebted to
her for the solid encouragement which she gave, in the persons of the Aldi
and Jansen, to that art, which, above all others, has most beneficially affect
ed the permanent welfare of mankind. To mention the name of Titian, and
the Venetian school of painting, is an ample tribute to her promotion of
the fine arts. Such were some of the many sources of wealth from which
were derived the riches of the descendants of the fishermen of the Rialto,
and such were the objects on which they were expended.
But-alas! the picture changes, and it is the melancholy duty of the his
torian to mark the downward steps of that nation, whose onward course
he has traced for a thousand years. The three last centuries of her ex
istence show a gradual, at last a total decline from her early glories—a
shadow of her former self, dragging out a weak and decrepid old age. An
oligarchy ruled the state—incipient signs of decay appeared—the strength
of her youthful constitution was gone—her wealth itself accelerated that
ruin, commenced by her loss of that commerce, which was diverted into
other channels by the discoveries of the Spanish and Portuguese naviga
tors ; and the manners of her people had become vile, profligate, and cor
rupt. Abandoning all hope of future conquest, she was content if she
could preserve herself unharmed; and for the last hundred years of her in
dependence, sought distinction as a general mart for pleasure, and endeav
ored to find in luxury a reward for her surrender of ambition.
But there are yet a few bright, glowing pictures in the histories of her
wars against the Turks ; when the valor and fortitude of her distant armies
surpassed even the expectations of a government grown too effeminate to
resist the encroachments of her continental neighbors. Early in the
sixteenth century, the Mahomedans began to push their conquests towards
the west of Europe. What new barrier had Christianity to oppose to the
establishment of the despotism of the Ottomans, perhaps of the imposture
of the prophet ? Why, by the swords of this ferocious infidel soldiery,
urged on less by a love of conquest than the courage of religious enthusi
asm, should not the Koran usurp the place of the Bible ? Why should not
the fair plains of France and Italy, exhibit the daily religious spectacles of
Jerusalem and Damascus ? and why should not the sturdy Saxons of Eng
land have sent up their morning orisons to the Arab prophet ? All this
might have been, but for the valor of John Sobieski before the walls of
Vienna, or the fortitude of the Venetians at the siege of Famagosta, the
conquest of Candia, and the battle of Lepanto. Venice, in the language
of Byron, was
“ Europe’s bulwark ’gainst the Ottomite.”
And can we not, from this far distant land and age, look back and think
we may owe our religious independence, in part, at least, to their heroic en
durance ? We do not now sufficiently appreciate the tremendous power
which they opposed. So numerous were the Turkish army in Cyprus,
that its commander boasted, after the siege of Famagosta, where he had
lost 50,000 men, that if each of his remaining soldiers would throw but
one slipper into the ditch, he might construct a level path to its battlements.
The siege of Candia was sustained by the Venetians for twenty-four years,
against a Turkish army so numerous that the place was only reduced after
a loss of 150,000 of that vast army.
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
317
Much of the singularity of Venetian history and society, so different
from the rest of Europe, a few hundred years ago, was the result of some
prominent characteristics in her people and government. The chief of
these was, the entire absence of the old feudal law and privileges, and the
consequent progress in intelligence and civilization of those classes, which,
in other states, were kept in ignorant servitude; a class which must al
ways constitute at least the physical support of every nation; and though
its populace were always overawed by her nobility, they yet had a feeling
of stern independence unknown to the serf of the continent, united with a
love and reverence for their own rulers, despotic as they were, for the
quiet tranquillity which they invariably secured to every citizen during the
wildest national commotions. These feelings were increased by those
broad and liberal sentiments infused by her extensive foreign commercial
intercourse, producing marked effect in the political and social condition
of her population ; an intercourse which has gone hand in hand with po
litical liberty, personal rights, and intellectual cultivation, in the history of
every modern nation ; and the annals of every Italian state show a decline
of these prerogatives, consummate with the destruction of their foreign
commerce.*
Their great maritime pre-eminence was the result of many causes ; chief
ly to their position at the head of the Adriatic, as the natural depot for the
trade between Europe and Asia ; to their success in the manufacture of ar
ticles of silk, wool, linen, glass, salt and leather, and the unceasing en
couragement which their government gave to everything like mercantile
enterprise.
The results of their first adventures at sea, gave them an advantage
over their competitors, which was never regained, and fed that avidity for
wealth which characterized them at an early day. Every new colony
added its share to her maritime, as well as her political strength; and her
laws regulating her distant settlements, partook of that far-reaching and
wise, yet selfish spirit, which so eminently marks the present English
Colonial system.
It is a remarkable fact in the history of Venice, and one that is unpar
allelled in that of any other nation, that her women have never, in a
single instance, exerted the slightest political influence. They seldom ap
pear as actors in the stirring scenes with which its annals are filled, f
It is not alone her wonderful rise and fall, her wealth and commerce,
her mysterious government and proud nobility, with all their gilded des
potism, the stories of her dungeons, her Lion’s Mouth, and her Bridge of
Sighs, the feuds of a Foscari and a Loredano, so beautifully told by Ro
gers, that fill the mind of the reader with a romantic interest; but here is
the spot whereon were acted the realities of Otway and Radcliffe, and
Schiller, and here are the scenes made immortal by the ideal creations of
Shylock and Othello.
* If we adopt the views of Protestant historians, no better illustration of the free spirit
of the Venetians can be given, than the stern pertinacity with which they resisted the ef
forts of the Popes to establish in their dominions what they conceived to be an eclesiaatical despotism, in an age when the edicts of Rome were powerful; and in no place where
the Inquisition was established, did it as slightly promote the views of its founders. But
in this resistance, it may be that the despotic Council of T en dreaded a participation in
its authority.
t The romantic stories of the Queen of Cyprus and Bianca Capello, alone relieve this
blank in her history.
318
Sketches o f Venetian History and Commerce.
On a morning of summer, in the year 1498, a poor Portuguese pilgrim,
clothed in rags, and who had wandered on foot from his native hills, ap
peared in the streets of Venice, and announced to its citizens that one of
those daring navigators sent out by his king, had doubled the Cape of
Storms, and discovered a new route to India. He was surrounded, and
eagerly questioned by a throng of princes, merchants, and artisans. His
answers struck terror in every heart. They saw at once that the partition
wall of their monopoly was broken down ; they saw the lucrative trade of
the east transferred from the Lagoon to Lisbon and the Tagus ; they saw
that the rich merchandise which they gathered and dispersed throughout
Europe, was destined to pass through other hands ; they saw their ships
rotting in their docks, and their sailors wandering idly about the streets ;
they heard the last motion of those looms which had produced the choice
silken and woollen fabrics which had clothed the nobles of Europe ; in a
word, they rightly fancied they saw the destruction of that commerce
whence came all their wealth, their luxury, and their pride; that com
merce which had sent forth with the third army of the Crusaders two hun
dred ships, and with the fourth five hundred ; that commerce whose mighty
pulsations had been felt at the farthest extremities of the earth.
Here we have the remote, but the chief cause of the fall of Venice ; the
fall of a city, which, for one thousand years, never admitted an enemy
within her wave-built walls ; the fall of a nation, which, emerging from
the ruins of the empire of the Caesars, sunk into that of Napoleon; a na
tion whose existence connected the ancient with the modern world, the
past with the present; a nation, which, for thirteen centuries, looked upon
the wide stage on which the generations of men met and struggled.
In lingering over the splendid historic details of the nations of the earth,
the greatest battles which have been fought, seem to be pointed out to us as
the landmarks in the progress of the world’s history, and the physical efforts
concentrated in these encounters, are more dwelt upon than a thousand
minor wars, incidents and influences, whose moral effects, scarce visible at
the moment, are felt in the remotest ages of history. It is in this moral effect,
that the name of Tell shall re-echo through the mountains of Switzerland,
when that of Napoleon may be lo st; that tradition shall speak of Bannock
burn, when history has forgotten Waterloo ; that the memory of the skir
mish of a few thousand undisciplined volunteers on Bunker’s Hill, shall be
dear to all republicans, though future chronicles may forget to tell that a
hundred thousand human skeletons were left to bleach at Eylau and Austerlitz. It is in this moral effect, that the commercial influence of the
Italian cities, acting upon other nations, produced the discovery of America,
and consequently all its vast results. It was this silent influence of the
Italian maritime states, and subsequently that of the Hanse Towns, which
stamps the present age with its distinctive future—that of commercial
grandeur.
If the saying that “ history is philosophy teaching by example,” be true,
can we, as members of a republican confederacy, aiming at perfection in
government, have a more striking model for our contemplation, than the
records of Venetian existence present, through so great a period of time 1
H er long list of errors, points out clearly this one lesson of wisdom—that
the perpetuity of republican institutions demands from the body of the peo
ple a high degree of intelligence, and a strong patriotic faith. As lovers
of such institutions, and believers in the principle of self-government, the
The Influence o f Climate on Longevity, etc.
319
young men of our own country are bound to cultivate and practise these
national virtues, and with them we must seek that general intelligence
and mental improvement which is essential to our personal success and
happiness. W e are urged in this course by every consideration which
can most strongly influence the actions of our lives ; by a love of country,
and our fellow men ; by our faith in the democratic spirit of American
institutions, by our pride of calling, and, if no higher motive can be offered,
by that selfishness which aims alone at personal success. Let us perse
vere, then, in our efforts for the attainment of this political virtue, this pa
triotic faith, this general intelligence, until each of us can call understand
ing our kinswoman, and say unto wisdom, “ Thou art my sister.”
Art. II.— THE INFLUENCE OF CLIMATE ON LONGEVITY:
W I T H S P E C IA L R E F E R E N C E T O L I F E IN S U R A N C E .*
T o determine the influence of climate on longevity, requires a collection
of statistics extending over a wider surface of the earth, and a longer se
ries of years, than any which has yet been furnished to the world.
Uniformity in the institutions, pursuits, and condition of the nations com
pared, will be a necessary element of the data, even after a sufficient basis
of statistics shall have been collected; for Villerme, Quetelet, and Ed
wards, have shown, that even in the same climate, the length of life is ma
terially affected by the occupation, and the mode of living of its inhabitants.
At the present time, therefore, all that we can do towards the elucida
tion of the “ influence of climate on longevity,” is, to form an approximate
answer by an analysis of such facts as we can obtain.
Climate is well defined by Forry, “ to constitute the aggregate of all the
external physical circumstances appertaining to each locality in its rela
tion to organic nature.” The circumstances to which especial attention
will be paid in this dissertation, are temperature, geological position, and,
incidentally, weight of the atmosphere, and prevalence of winds.
* This article, now first published, is an essay by James M’Cune Smith, M. D., of New
York, which was offered to the consideration of the Boylston Medical Committee of Har
vard University, on the occasion (April, 1845,) when the prize was awarded to Edward
Jarvis, M. D. It had, for its motto—
“ T a makra d’exenepein
Erukei me tethmos
Horai t’dpeigomenai.”
Find. Nem. Car. IV ., 53.
and is one of the three concerning which the committee, in a published resolve, hoped
11their authors may be induced to give the public an opportunity of reading these valuable
and interesting essays.” It is requisite to state that, by a standing published vote, the
committee “ do not consider themselves as approving the doctrines contained in any of
the dissertations to which the premiums may be adjudged”—a vote which, of course, ap
plies to an unsuccessful one.
The points in which this essay differs from the very able articles from the pen of Dr.
Spare, which appeared in the 78th and 79th numbers of this Magazine, are the following:—
1st. The present article endeavors to fix a standard of longevity based upon the age of
a living population.
2d. The tables are differently constructed, and with reference to the said standard.
3d. The data constituting the climate of localities, are given in connection with the
longevity of the localities.
320
The Influence o f Climate on Longevity :
Longevity is not so readily described. In 1797, Dr. Odier, in the Bibliotheque Brittanique de Geneve, drew the conclusion “ that the high ratio
of centenarians does not imply an equally great probability of life, but the
contrary.” Mr. Rickman, of England, has also asserted “ that the pro
portion of existing centenarians is no valid indication of national health
and longevity. (New York Journal of Med., vol. 2, p. 319.) If 100 years,
then, should be taken as the standard of longevity, the general longevity of
any given people would be in the inverse ratio of the proportion who should
attain the standard.”
The scientific men of Geneva observed, “ that if 90 years were to be
taken as the extreme old age, the proportion of individuals of this age to
the number of births, would be the standard of longevity.” (Quetelet on
Man ; Edinburgh Translation, p. 3.)
How far a register of births is to be depended on, may be gathered from
the following, which is copied from Alison on the Principles of Population,
vol. 1, p. 135. “ Humboldt observes that the difference between the pop
ulation which should have existed from the register of births and deaths,
and that actually shown by the returns in Great Britain, from 1801 to
1821, is a million of souls.” The reason given by Humboldt for this dis
crepancy is, the immigration of 50,000 Irish per year. This, however, is
not the fact, as the vast majority of the Irish who go into England and
Scotland every year, only remain during the harvest, which they help
gather, and then go back home to their families.
But even if the register of births could be depended upon, there are not
a sufficient number of such registers extending back 90 years.
Neither would there be sufficient accuracy in an approximation of the
number of births, measured by the increase of the population. The late
Dr. Forry made the attempt in the following passage : “ The whole col
ored population of the United States, which, in 1840, numbered 2,873,458,
consisted in 1790 of but 698,682 ; and if we reduce it in the same pro
portion for fifty years more, when the centenarians of 1840 were born,
and then divide the total colored population of 1740 with the centenarians of
1840, it will be seen that about 1 in every 85 colored individuals born, be
came a centenarian !” (N. Y. Journal of Med., vol. 1, p. 317.)
W hen we recollect that the slave-trade, for eighteen years after 1790,
made constant additions to the colored population— additions of middleaged and elderly, as well as of young persons ; and further remember the
horrible decimation by which this trade, both before and since 1790, cut
off principally the young and feeble in the middle passage ; and still fur
ther, that nearly all the subjects of this traffic had passed the dangerous
period of infancy, before they were brought to the United States, it is clear
that the basis of births which produced the centenarians of 1840, must be
extended greatly beyond 85 to every centenarian.
There is a more general reason against making the registration of births
during any given year, the basis from which to calculate the longevity of
any people. The prevalence or absence of an epidemic fatal to children,
the abundance or scarcity of bread,* might confer on the selected
year a proportion of mortality, or health, or fecundity, above or below the
* Quetelet has shown that the mortality of the old and young are especially influenced
by the price of bread, in Belgium.
With Special Reference to L ife Insurance.
321
average of the selected climate ;* or the same of the above causes, ex
isting in different intensity,f in the selected year, in the different coun
tries compared, might produce a difference in longevity, the result of these
causes, not of a difference of climate.
The proportion of the mortality of a given population, is another basis
by which some authors have endeavored to compute the longevity of a
population. Dr. Prichard takes this view : he says “ in some instances,
according to the calculations of Mr. Moreau de Jonnes, the rate of mortal,
ity, and inversely the duration of life, differ by nearly one-half from the
proportions discovered in other examples. The following is a brief ex
tract from a table presented by this celebrated calculator to the institute.
The table comprehends returns belonging to different periods, illustrative
of the effect produced by political changes and improvements in the state
of society on the duration of human life. I have omitted this part, and
have only abstracted that which illustrates the influence of climate.”
TABLE EXHtBITINS THE ANNUAL MORTALITY IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES IN EUROFE.
In Sweden,
from 1821 to1825,..................................................
Denmark,
from 1819to 1825,....................................................
Germany,
from 1825to 1825,...................................................
Prussia,
from 1824 to1824,.................................................
Aus.emp.,
from 1825to 1830.....................................................
Holland,
from 1824to 1830,...................................................
England,
from 1821to 1830,....................................................
Great Britain,
from 1800to 1804,....................................................
France,
from 1825 to1827,.........................
Canton de Vaud, from 1824 to 1827,.....................................................
Lombardy,
from 1827to 1828,....................................................
Roman States, from 1828to 1829,...................................................
Scotland,
from 1821to 1828,....................................................
1 death in 45.
1 death in 45.
1 death in 45.
1 death in 39.
1 death in 43.
1 death in 40.
1 death in 51.
1 death in 47.
1 death in 39.
1 death irt 47.
1 death in 31.
1 death in 28.
1 death in 50.
“ In approaching the equator,” continues Prichard, “ we find the mor
tality increase, and the average duration of life consequently diminish.
The following calculation, obtained by the same writer, (Jonnes,) will suffi
ciently illustrate this remark.” *
Latitude.
6° 10'
10° 10'
13° 54'
14° 44'
15° 59'
18° 36'
23° 11'
Places.
Batavia,...........
Trinidad,.........
Sainte Lucie,.
Martinique,...
Guadaloupe,...
Bombay,.........
Havana,..........
1 death in 26 inhabitants.
a
27
tc
27
“
if
28
if
27
It
20
ft
33
In som e lo c a litie s,” c o n tin u e s P ric h a rd , “ the m o rta lity b e lo n g s in
great part to strangers, principally Europeans, who, coming from a differ
ent climate, suffer in great numbers. The separate division from which
the collective numbers above given are deduced, will sufficiently indicate
these circumstances.”
* “ On remarque en Belgique que les anndes oti le pain dtait le plus ou le moins eher,
ont coincide avec les annees oil l’on comptait le plus ou le moins de ddchs, et le moins ou
le plus de naissancea.” (Quetelet Recherches sur la Reproduction et la Mortality de
l’homme, p. 81.)
+ In England, according to the 5th Report of Register General, p. 375, Second Edition,
the number of deaths from scarlatina was as follows:—In 1838, 5,082; 1839, 10,320 ;
1840, 19,816 ; 1841, 14,161.
t Notice sur la population des etats de 1’Europe, par M. Moreau de Jonnes.
V O L . XXV.---- NO. I V .
21
322
The Influence o f Climate on Longevity :
In Batavia, 1805,
Europeans died,................................................................
(t
"
Slaves
“ ................................................................
^“
<e
Chinese
** ..........
“
“
Javanese, viz: Natives,.......... ......................................
In Bombay, 1815, Europeans died,...............................................................
“
“
Mussulmans “ ...................... .........................................
“
“
Parsees,
viz: Natives,..................................................
In Guadaloupe, 1811 to 1824, whites died,.....................................................
“
“
“
free men of color died,....................................
In Martinique, 1825, whites died,......................................................................
“
“
free men of color died,...................................................
In Grenada, 1815, slaves died,......................................................................
In St. Lucie, 1802, slaves died,......................................................................
1 in 11.
1 in 13.
1 in 29.
1 in 40.
1 in 18.5.
1 in 17.5.
1 in 40.
1 in 22.5.
1 in 35.
1 in 24.
1 in 23.
1 in 22.
1 in 20.
(Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, by J. C. Prichard ;
vol. 1, p. 116-118. London, 1836.)
It is scarcely necessary to observe that these tables do not confirm Dr.
Prichard’s views. The last table entirely overthrows the inference he
draws from the second. The measure of the mortality of the climate,
when deduced partially from the deaths of the Europeans in Batavia or
Bombay, is necessarily a false m easure; it shows the influence of a
change of climate on the mortality of the Europeans, and should be
carefully separated from the mortality of the natives; this latter, which
averages about 1 in 40, is the true measure of the mortality of the
almost equatorial climates of Bombay and Batavia. And this proportion,
1 in 40, is so near the average proportion of the European countries cited,
that if the proportion of mortality be, in fact, a measure conversely of the
proportion of longevity, the question of the influence of climate on longev
ity would be nearly decided.
But the proportion of mortality is not a measure in any way of the pro
portion of longevity.* Mr. Chadwick has shown that “ in the returns of
the St. George’s Hanover Square district, in 1839, the proportion of deaths
was 1 to 50 of population; but the average number of years which 1,325
individuals who died in that year had lived, was 31 years.” (N. Y. Jour
nal of Medicine, vol. 3, p. 213.)
The following is a table of the population and mortality of the city of
Philadelphia, which has been carefully calculated by the writer, allowing
an increase of 20 per cent for the 10 years.
Y ears.
1831,.................
1832,.................
1833,........................
1834,........................
1835..................
1836,.................
1837..................
1838,.................
1839,.................
1840,.................
W h ite Population.
D eaths.f
193,999
198,453
203,064
208,394
212,585
218,440
222,457
227,682
232,831
238,206
4,464
5,933
3,962
4,554
5,098
4,616
4,634
4,813
4,529
4,442
Proportion.
1 in
1 in
1 in
1 in
1 in
1 in
1 in
1 in
1 in
1 in
43.45
33.45
51.02
45.76
41.68
47.32
48.00
47.30
51.40
53.62
* The reason why the proportion of mortality is not a measure of longevity, is the fol
lowing : The proportion of mortality is a statement of how many persons die in a pop
ulation ; this, of course, does not state the age at which those persons die. If one in 45
die in Sweden, and 1 in 22 in Grenada, the ages of the dead might be alike in both coun
tries ; here the greater mortality would actually accompany the greater longevity.
t Copied from the reports of the Board of Health of the city and county of Phila
delphia
With Special Reference to L ife Insurance,
323
Leaving out the year 1832, when cholera prevailed, the mortality in
Philadelphia, among its white population, has fluctuated from 1 in 43.45
to 1 in 53.62. Now, it is not possible that the longevity of Philadelphia
has fluctuated to the same extent in the same time. Further, the deaths
in Philadelphia in 1840 were, as above, 1 in 53.62 ; the deaths in the
city and county of New York, in the same year, were 1 in 40.5.*
By the census of 1840, there were in New York, above 90 years of age,
76 persons, or 1 to 2,107 of population ; in Philadelphia, in the same
year, there were 133 persons above 90, or 1 to 3,898 of population ; in
other words, the mortality being as 4.0 to 5.6, the longevity (assuming
90 years as the standard) is 2.1 to 3.9 ; the mortality in Philadelphia
being one-fifth less, whilst the longevity is nearly one-half greater, than
that of New York !
The mortality in Belgium, from 1825 to 1829, was 1 in 43.1. (Quetelet
on Man, ut supr., p. 26.) The mortality in Massachusetts, in 1844, was,
according to Dr. Chickering, 1 in 70. (This statement is copied from the
newspapers, as the writer has not had the good fortune to see the report,
&c.) M. Quetelet has reduced the population of Belgium to the basis of
10,000—by performing the same process for the population of Massachu
setts, I find that there are—
In Belgium,..............................
Massachusetts,....................
Above 90 years.
Above 70 years.
5 in 10,000
8 in 10,000
350 in 10,000
290 in 10,000
The proportion of mortality in Massachusetts as 70 to 43 in Belgium,
yet the longevity at 90 as 8 to 5 ; and at 70 years of age, (which we will
in the sequel adopt as the standard,) the longevity of Belgium actually
greater than that of Massachusetts, in the proportion of 3.5 to 2.9 !
If the proportion of mortality fails to measure the longevity of a population, how shall we form a standard of longevity ?
Presuming the longevity of a people to mean the actual age of that
people, the measure of their longevity is the simple statement of their ac
tual age, or the age of the living population. Strictly speaking, this actual
age of a given population could only be estimated by multiplying each in
dividual by his age, adding all the products together, and then dividing
this sum by the number of the individuals. As no census has yet given
the separate age of each individual, this process cannot now be perform
ed ; but we can get an approximate result sufficiently accurate for our
purpose. By an inspection of the table of the census of the United States,
which is hereafter given, it will be seen that the proportion of individuals
of different ages is a function depending upon the proportion of individuals
under 5, and above 70 years of age—therefore, a function of two varia
bles. It will further be seen that these two variables—the proportion
under 5, and above 70 years of age—are either of them dependent on and
determined by the other; and consequently, if the proportion under 5
years be greater, the proportion above 70 will be less, and vice versa.
Hence, it is clear that we may adopt either the proportion of population
under 5 years of age, or above 70 years of age, as a standard value for
the actual a g e ; that is, the longevity of a given population.
We shall adopt the proportion of living persons who have passed 70
years of age as our standard o f longevity, in any given population.
* Annual Report of the City Inspector of the city of New York, Doc. 47, p. 638.
324
The Influence o f Climate on Longevity :
Having endeavored to fix the meaning of our terms, the next question
is, how to form an estimate of the influence of different climates on longevity.
If a portion of the earth could be found, covered by a moderately dense
and evenly spread acclimated population—this population living under the
same political institutions, engaged in nearly the same proportion in the
same pursuits— and yet, in consequence of the extent of their country,
this population should be exposed to widely different climates— such a
people would furnish data which could decide the question before us.
The United States of North America present the nearest approach to
this desirable combination of circumstances. Extending over a surface,
the mean annual temperature of which varies from 41° 21' F. in Maine,
to 76° 9' in Florida ; the range of temperature extending from 25° F. in
Maine, to 105° F. in East F lorida; the mean annual range being 35°,
and the extreme 130° ; diversified with every variety of geological forma
tion ; assaulted with winds from every quarter—the United States present
the desirable diversity of climate.
There also exists a sufficient uniformity in the institutions of the several
states, so far as the white population is concerned. The difference in the
pursuits of the population of different parts of the country is hardly suffi
cient to prove a prominent disturbing element. The comparative exemp
tion from manual labor enjoyed by the xvhites in the Southern States, is a
compensation for the relative insalubrity of the climate, to the same persons.
The principal disturbing cause, which might invalidate deductions from
the census of the United States, is emigration. Professor Tucker* esti
mates the whole number added to the United States by emigration, at
1,044,800. This is about 269,000 too little ; for, whilst he adds 20 per
cent increase, in each decade of years, to the emigrants furnished by the
previous decade, he omits to add the increase of the increased decade to
the whole sum. Thus, he says—
From 1790 to 1800, number of emigrants,........................................
Increase, 20 per cent on 40,000,.............................................
From 1800 to 1810, number of emigrants,........................................
Increase, 20 per cent on 60,000..............................................
50,000
8,000
--------70,000
12,000
---------
58,000
82,000
and so on. It is clear that the 58,000 and the 82,000 have increased, as
well as the 50,000 and the 70,000. Correcting this error, by adding the
increase of the increased, the xvhole number furnished by emigration, from
1790 to 1840, is about 1,271,720.
Although, in a population of 13,000,000, the large number, 1,271,720,
irregularly added, would make a disturbing cause difficult to compute, yet
it so happens that, in this instance, this added population, by going almost
entirely to the new Western States, has left the old states comparative!)
undisturbed ; particularly those which will be selected for comparison.
The rapid increase of population in the United States is another dis- ,
turbing cause. From 1790 to 1840, according to Tucker—
The total increase of the whites has been a s..........................
“
“
free col’d,
“
"
“
slaves,
“
“
“
whole col’d, “
100 to
100 to
100 to
100 to
447.3
649.7
356.4
379.4
So rapid an increase, in fifty years, of necessity diminishes the relative
Progress of the United States, pp. 86, 87.
With Special Reference to L ife Insurance.
325
proportion of the longseved. The following table, however, must also be
regarded—it is copied from Tucker, p. 58.
T
10 y r s .
20 y rs.
30 y r s .
40 y rs.
5 0 y rs.
New England States,.......................
Middle States, with D ist of Col.,..
Southern States, and Florida,.........
Southwestern States,........................
Northwestern States & Territories,
122.4
132.6
126.6
319.8
371.6
145.8
186.3
149.1
1,058.
857.5
164.4
240.2
172.9
2,264.
1,948.
193.6
310.4
209.1
3,839.
3,145.
221.3
382.7
226.1
6,174.
5,654.
Total of the United States,.........
135.
184.2
245.3
327.4
434.5
D iv is io n s .
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A.
Increased Population from August 1, 1790, in
able
It is evident, from the above table, (Table A.,) that the New England
and the Southern States, the extremes in regard to climate, have escaped
the disturbing influence of an excessively rapid increase. A somewhat
extended analysis of the comparative distribution of the population in each
state, in each census, enables the writer to say that emigration has caused
but a slight disturbing influence, even in those states in which the largest
portion of emigrants has settled.
Another point requires attention— acclimation. Are the various races,
the German, Celtic, and Anglo-Saxon, who compose the bulk of the white
population of the United States, sufficiently acclimated to render the data
iurnished by the census free from the error which change o f climate might
create ? Although it be impossible to say what length of time is neces
sary to Wear out this error—to make a race native—yet, when we find,
as in New Hampshire and Connecticut, that the distribution of population
is precisely similar to the average distributions of population in the king
doms of Europe, it is fair inference that the change of climate has ceased
to be a disturbing cause.
From these views, it appears that the United States, by means of their
census, offer a good case for the study of the influence of climate on
longevity.
Before we enter upon an investigation of the census of the United
States, we would call attention to the following table, which is slightly
altered from the table given by Quetelet (on Man, p. 56.) The alteration
has been made by the addition of the numbers above 5 years, so as to
show— 1st. The proportion in 10,000 under 5 years ; 2d. The proportion
above 5 years ; 3d. The proportion above 10 years, &c., &c.
Ages.
B elow
A bove
ti
u
i<
t(
(«
it
It
it
it
“
5 y.,
5,
10,
15,
20,
30,
40,
50,
60,
70,
80,
90,
100,
T able B.
E ngl’nd. Engl’d *
F rance.
Belgium.
Sw eden.
u. s.
1829.
1820.
1830.
G. Brit.
Ireland.
1881.
1881.
Marsh*!.
M nrsh’l.
M arsh’l. Rickm an. A nnuaire. A nnuaire. M arsh’l.
M arsh’l.
1,647.0 1,535.0
8,353.5 8,468.5
6,977.5 7,113.5
5,758.5 5,895.5
4,712.5 4,676.5
3.154.5 2,916.5
1.974.5 1,766.5
1,096.5
995.5
551.5
395.5
203.5
122.5
40.5
26.5
3.5
3.5
.1
.5
1,472.0 1,487.0 J ,201.0 1,297.0 1,307.0
8.526.8 8,513.2 8,799.0 8,703.0 8,686.0
7.226.8 7.206.2 7,818.0 7,614.0 7,676.0
6,107.8 6.092.2 6,879.0 6,668.0 6,782.0
5.107.8 5,100.2 5,982.0 5,785.0 5,883.0
3.524.8 3,526.2 4,344.0 4,105.0 4,172.0
2.348.8 2,345.2 2,940.0 2,764.0 2,810.0
1.417.8 1,411.2 1,779.0 1,747.0 1,723.0
754.8
752.2
887.0
954.0
868.0
350.0
294.8
296.2
310.0
282.0
68.2
55.0
71.0
67.8
42.0
5.2
5.0
5.0
1.0
5.8
.2
.1
.3
.2
.0
1,800.0
8,198.2
6.743.2
5.500.2
4,388.2
2,607.2
1,516.2
828.2
398.2
145.2
35.2
4.2
1881.
1 8 1 3 4 0 . bef. 1789.
* And part of Wales.
o
326
The Influence o f Climate cm Longevity :
By inspection, we see, in the above table, the number of individuals in
10,000, who have passed any age above 5 years, in either of the countries
named. It is remarkable, as we have already stated, that the longevity
of either population—or, in other words, the age of the living population
—is generally determined by the proportion under 5 years of age. The
greater the number under 5 years, the fewer the number above 70 years.
The United States, with 1,800 in 10,000 under 5 years, has only 145.2
above 70 ; Belgium, with 1,297 under 5, has 350 above 70. It will be
seen that the same remark is partly true if we extend the comparison from
5 to 80 years, but it does not hold good if we go as far as 90 years. If
we compare the ages intermediate between 5 and 70 years, the rule we
have named holds good. Hence, as 70 years is the age—the extreme
age—to which a sufficient portion of persons (in any given population)
live, to affect the longevity of the whole mass in a constant manner, it
appears to be, on that account, an excellent standard of longevity. Should
we adopt 80 or 90 years, too few persons constantly reach these ages, to
indicate the longevity of the mass. May not this be considered a beauti
ful proof of the accuracy of holy writ, when it declares that “ the days o f
our years are threescore years and ten ; and if, by reason of strength, they
be four-score years, yet is their strength labor and sorrow ; fo r it is soon
cut off, and we fly away.”
If we adopt the proportion who are above 70 years, as the standard of
longevity, it would appear that the longevity of Belgium is the greatest, and
of Ireland the least, in the countries named in Table B.
In Belgium there are, above 70 years,.........................................................
In Ireland,........................................................................................................
350.
122.5
Difference,............................................................................................
127.5
Let us now compare the climates of Belgium and Ireland. The state
ment is taken from an excellent table in the London edition of Kaemtz’s
Meteorology, p. 177, et seq.
TEM PERATURE.
P lace.
Ireland—Dublin,..........
Munster,.......
Belgium—Brussels,.....
L atitude.
M ean annual.
Spring.
53° 23' N.
51° 58' N.
50° 51' N.
49° 10' F.
49° 10' F.
50° 36' F.
47° 12'
48° 06'
50° 18'
Sum m er.
59° 54'
62° 24'
65° 16'
A ntum n.
W in ter.
50° 04' 40° 28'
50° 18' 36° 36'
50° 36' 36° 50'
Ireland and Belgium have a temperature almost identical. From their
latitude, they are within the same Isobarometrical curve—that is to say,
the monthly oscillations of the barometer have the same mean, 27,07 m.m.
in both countries, (Kaemtz, p. 299.) They are also within the same
hyetographic region, (Kaemtz, p. 137.) They are both composed of pri
mary and secondary formations, and are diversified by hill and dale, (Lyell.)
We cannot, therefore, attribute the wide difference in the longevity of
these two countries to a difference of climate. The cause of the difference
in longevity is readily traced to the difference in the habits, or mode of
living, which obtain in Ireland and Belgium. The most prominent of
these differences is, that in Ireland, early marriages (which are most pro
ductive of increase) are frequent. In Belgium, “ the greatest number of
marriages, both of men and women, take place between their twenty-sixth
and thirtieth years,” (Quetelet on Man, p. 16.) M. Quetelet also shows
that the children of early marriages are feebler, and less likely to reach
a medium age, than the children of parents of riper years. This fact will
explain the apparent anomaly that in Ireland the proportion under 5, and
y
With Special Reference to L ife Insurance.
327
I
over 70, do not bear the constant ratio for which we have claimed the
name of a rule.
By reference to the table, (Table B.,) it will be seen that the longevity
of Sweden is, to that of Belgium, as 282 to 350.
In regard to the temperature of Belgium and Sweden, we can furnish
only the records kept at Brussels for the former, and at Stockholm, Umea,
and Upsal, for the latter.
A nnual.
Spring.
Summer.
A utum n.
W inter.
50° 36
50° 18
64° 76
50° 36
36° 50
59° 21'
G3° 50'
59° 52'
42° 08
35° 78
41° 36
38° 30
33° 08
38° 12
60° 98
57° 38
59° 18
43° 70
37° 58
43° 16
25° 52
13° 64
25° 34
Mean of Belg......
“
Swe......
50° 51'
. 60° 00'
50° 36
39° 74
50° 18
36° 50
64° 76
59° 18
50° 36
41° 38
36° 50
21° 50
Difference,.......
9° 09'
10° 62
13° 68
5° 58
8° 98
Place.
Latitude.
oo
o
Brussels,...............
Stockholm,...........
Umea,...................
Upsal .....................
51' N.
Place.
H ottest m onth.
Umea,..........................
Upsal,..........................
Stockholm,..................
Mean of Belgium,.....
“
Sweden........
Difference,.....
•
Coldest month.
15° 00
Range.
61° lb“J uly.
61° 34
63° 68
11° 66 Jan.
23° 18
23° 90
65° 84
62° 06
34° 16
19° 58
30° 68
42° 48
3° 08
14° 58
10° 80
It is evident that the greatest difference between the temperature of
Belgium and Sweden occurs in the winter ; Sweden being 14° 58 colder
than Belgium during the coldest month. It is also clear, from the differ
ence of latitude, that the Swedes are exposed to a longer, as well as a
colder winter, than the Belgians.
The mean amplitude of the oscillations of the barometer in Stockholm,
during the year, is 29,87'm.m.; in Belgium,* 25,65 m.m.; which is copied
from Kaemtz, p. 297.
Kaemtz places Belgium and Sweden in different hyetographic regions,
principally because in Belgium the Southwest, but in Sweden the East
wind, brings rain with greatest frequency.
Belgium and Sweden are principally composed of secondary formation,
according to Lyell, who regards Belgium as having been submerged, and
Sweden as in a state of upheaval.
In regard to the institutions of these countries, we will quote Alison’s
Principles of Population, Vol. I.
“ The free spirit and mild government of the old Burgundian provinces,
have produced their usual effect upon the character of the people, and the
principle of population; while the increase of the people has been re
strained within the bounds which the circumstances of society require.
In every part of Flanders, the rural scene presents the most agreeable
objects ; fields covered by fruitful crops, meadows feeding numerous herds,
neat and commodious farm-houses.
“ The bounty of nature is diffused in decent competence through the
multitude that inhabits i t : and the wholesome fare and neat dwellings of
the laborer, attest that he receives his share of the riches with which na
ture crowns his fields.” P. 423.
* Brassels.
The Influence o f Climate on Longevity :
328
“ The condition of the people in the Scandinavian Peninsula, is in the
highest degree prosperous and happy.
“ If you enter a Swedish cottage, it is with pleasure,” says Catteau,
“ that you see the person that inhabits it. His food is simple, but sub
stantial; his clothes, though coarse, are warm, and in good order; his
dwelling, though rude, is clean and comfortable. Even in the remotest
parts of the country, the symptoms of general comfort are to be found.”
P. 428.
From the same author, and Quetelet, we gather that marriages are 1 to
every 144, in Belgium ; and 1 to every 110, in Sweden. Births are 1 to
every 27, in Sweden ; and 1 to every 30 inhabitants, in Belgium. The
deaths, in Belgium, in 1829-30-31, were 1 to every 43 inhabitants ;
in Sweden, from 1754 to 1768, there was 1 death to every 34; from 1821
to 1825, only 1 in 45.
,
The population of Belgium, is stated by Alison to be 507 to the square
m ile; of Sweden, only 14 to the square mile. The latter statement is
not strictly true ; because three-fourths of the Swedes, according to Malte
Brim, dwell in Goetland, which is only one-third of the entire territory.
From this careful comparison of the two kingdoms, it appears that the
institutions, and the modes of living, are nearly identical in both. The
only marked difference between them, is a difference of climate. Sweden
is 10° 62 colder the year round ; and 14° 58 colder in the coldest month,
than Belgium. Even the summer heat in Sweden is lower in temperature
than in Flanders.
It appears, also, that the rain-bearing winds come from different direc
tions ; in Belgium, the balmy south wind, tempered by the ocean ; in Sweden, the chilling and unhealthy east wind, comes freighted with rain and
moisture.
Since this difference in climate is almost the only difference in the cir
cumstances affecting life, which we find between Sweden and Belgium, it
is a fair inference that the difference in longevity arises from the same
cause.
A difference of 10° 62, or a climate 10° 62 colder, has made the lon
gevity of Sweden, joVo <r less than the longevity of Belgium. That is,
_ 3 S 0 ________2 8 2
1 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0
-----
6 8
1 0 0 0 0 *
This view, that an extremely cold climate is unfavorable to longevity,
receives some confirmation from the following table, which we copy from
Quetelet’s “ Reclierches sur la Reproduction et la Mortality de Vhomme aux
diff&rens ages, et sur la popidation de la Belgique.”
He gives the table “ in order that we may ascertain at what ages ex
treme heat or extreme cold is most to be feared” —(p. 75.)
D E A T H S D U R IN G M O N TH S OF
Ages.
Still-born,....................................
First month after birth,.............
4 to 6 years,...............................
8 to 12
“ ....................................
12 to 16
“ ..................................
16 to 2 0
“ ...................................
20 to 25
“ ...................................
25 to 3 0
“ ...................................
4 0 to 45
“ ...................................
62 to 65
“ ...................................
79 to 81
“ ...................................
90 and upwards,............................
January.
269
3,321
878
616
409
502
361
793
818
968
658
July.
2 15
1,719
600
«
447
420
545
796
724
613
525
332
99
D’thsin July for
lOOd’tbsin Jac.
0,80
0,52
0,69
0,73
1,05
1,09
0,93
0,92
0,75
0,54
0,51
0,39
With Special Reference to L ife Insurance.
329
“ It results from these numbers that the influence of the seasons is ex
tremely pronounced (extremement prononcie) according to the different ages.
The still-births in January and July, are in the ratio of 4 to 5. But it is
at the moment that the infant commences to see the light, that the influence
of the seasons makes itself vividly distinct; so that, for two children who die
in January, only one dies in July. This mortality, so great in winter, di
minishes, so as to become almost indistinct, at the 12th year. After that
age, and about puberty, and the following years, the vital heat develops
itself so abundantly, that it is only the heat of summer against which the
young man should provide (redouter.) About the epoch of marriage,
(26 to 30 years,) and during reproduction, the influence of the seasons is
almost null. Winter again commences its direful influence about the 40th
year ; and its effects are so sensible, that after the age of 65 years, the
cold is as much to be feared by the aged, as by the newly bo rn ; it has
the same disastrous effect after 90 years, when two or three aged persons
die in January for only one in July” — (p. 76.) “ The numbers in the
last column may be regarded as an expression of the amount of vital heat
which man possesses, at different ages” — (p. 76.)
These remarks of Quetelet, are beautifully illustrated by comparing the
populations of Sweden and Belgium in Table B. From the 10th to the
40th year the Swedes are most numerous ; after the 40th year, thp
Belgians take the lead.
The winter of Belgium is but 36° 50 ;* and if Quetelet’s views are cor
rect, it would follow, from apparently fixed laws of the human frame, that
towards 60 to 65 years, as a general rule, it is not capable of resisting the long
duration of cold, common to hyperborean winters. The famed, we had
almost said the fabled, longevity of individuals among the Russians, malses
no exception to this law.
The absolute condition of the mass of the Russians, is slavery—in all
times, and in all places, a condition of depression, and therefore productive
of centenarians:—Add the additional depression of rigor of climate, and
difficulty of intercommunication,f and we have the circumstances most
likely to produce centenarians, at the expense of the length of the life of
the masses. W hat with the hunger, the slavery and the cold, the wonder
is—not that individual cases of extreme old age should occur, but that
these ancient Russ, once seasoned, should ever d ie!
Whether we look at the result of carefully compared statistics, or whether
we look at the vital forces of the human frame, we have abundant evidence
that climates of a persistent low temperature—the long duration of cold—
unquestionably diminish the longevity of mankind. The aged frame, no
longer developing a sufficient supply of vital heat, and unable to support the
rapid combustion, is literally “ consumed, and flies away !”
* When not otherwise marked, the degrees of heat are according to Fahrenheit,
t Dr. Baird, in his lecture on Russia, stated that the inhabitants of whole provinces
sometimes perish, in winter, because the state of the roads makes it impossible to convey
provisions to them.
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
330
Art. III.^-COUNTERFEITINC MARKS AND NAMES ON MERCHANDISE.
ON T H E
C O U N T E R F E IT IN G
OF T H E
U P O N GOODS, A N D T H E
M ARKS
AND
S E L L IN G T H E M
NAM ES
OF TRA D ESM EN
AS G E N U IN E .
F o r e i g n merchants have set the blameable example of making up, or
causing to be made up, for the American market, large quantities of goods
which bear counterfeit marks and nam es; and our manufacturers are
profiting by it, and taking a similar course.
The consequences, and probable result of such forgery—for forgery, in
a very mean shape, it is— can hardly have occurred to those who are guilty.
He who counterfeits my name to a note, may make one innocent man
suffer ; but he who truly, in this sense, robs me of my good name, injures
all to whom he sells ; be may ruin me, while he certainly lays himself
open to be looked at as a forger without imprisonment, and a liar among
his debtors.
And yet, although the law may not give him the jail, it will stop him
peremptorily ; it will leave its “ mark” upon his character, and give me
damages, and all the profit which he, by the use of my honest name and
fame, and his bad goods, has obtained from confiding buyers. He shall
not, as the courts have said, trade under another man’s flag.
An exposition of the principles which the courts of law and equity have
laid down on the subject, cannot but be interesting to the merchant.
The earliest case in the English books, is one that was decided in the
time of Elizabeth,* and is thus reported : “ An action upon the case was
brought in the Common Pleas by a clothier; that, whereas he had gained
great reputation for his making of his cloth, by reason whereof he had
great utterance, to his great benefit and profit; and that he used to set his
mark to his cloth, whereby it should be known to be his cloth; and another
clothier foreseeing it, used the same mark to his ill-made cloth, on purpose
to deceive him ; and it was resolved that the action did lie.”
It is not the mere making and using of a sign or mark, similar to the
mark or sign of another, that is legally objectionable; for, as it has been
said by Chancellor Walworth, there is no patent right in names ;f while
the English Judge Cresswell has observed, that the mere use of a similar
mark will give no right of action—that a man can have no abstract right
to use a particular rnark.j:
The wrong, as was observed by Lord Hardwicke, as far back as the
year 1742, consists in the making or doing the act with a fraudulent design<lo put off bad goods, or draw away customers.§
We now proceed to give an exposition of the different cases :
I.
A COURT OF
C H A N C E R Y W IL L I N T E R F E R E , E V E N
W HEN
THE
M ARK S
O R N A M E S A R E N O T P R E C IS E L Y S IM IL A R , P R O V ID E D T H E Y A R E
IN
SU C H A M A N N E R AS T O
FO R M
OR B E
M AD E
A C O L O R A B L E IM IT A T IO N .
The strongest case to show this, is one relating to the running of om
nibuses in London.|| An association of persons had started omnibuses
to run from Paddington to the Bank of England, having on them the words,*§
* Southern v. How, Popham’s Reports, 144.
t Bell v. Locke, 8 Paige’s C. R., 75.
t Crawshay v. Thompson, 4 Manning and Granger, 386.
§ Blanchard v. Hill, 2 Atk., 584.
|| Knott v. Morgan, 2 Keen’s R., 213.
*
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
331
Conveyance Company, and London Conveyance Company. There was
also a Star and Garter painted ; and the conductors and coachmen were
dressed in green livery and gold hat-bands.
The defendant afterwards started omnibuses exactly sim ilar; and the
dress of coachmen and conductors was the same. He was then threatened
by the complainants, whereupon the defendant obliterated from the back
of his omnibus the word “ Company,'” and painted on each side of it, over
the words “ Conveyance Company,” the word Original; and between the
words “ Conveyance” and “ Company” the word fo r, in very small char
acters ; so that there was then painted on the back of the defendant’s om
nibuses the words London Conveyance, and on each side, the words Ori
ginal Conveyancefo r Company. But no further alteration was made ; and
the livery or dress remained the same. The Master of the Rolls, Lord
Langdale, said the question was, whether the defendant fraudulently im
itated the title and insignia used by the complainants for the purpose of in
juring them in their trade ? “ I have not the least doubt,” said his Honor,
“ that the dejpndant did intend to induce the public to believe that the om
nibuses which he painted and appointed so as to resemble the carriages
of the complainants, was, in fact, an omnibus belonging to the complain
ants and the other proprietors of the London Conveyance Company. It
is not to be said that the complainants have any exclusive right to the
words “ Conveyance Company,” or “ London Conveyance Company,” or
any other words, but they have a right to call upon this court to restrain
the defendant from fraudulently using precisely the same words and devices
which they have taken for the purpose of distinguishing their property,
and thereby depriving them of the fair profits of their business, by attracting
custom on the false representation that carriages originally the defendant’s,
belonged to, and were under the management of the complainants.”
Perhaps this language is not so clear as the circumstances required,
because the opinion would seem to go upon the idea that there were “ pre
cisely” the same words ; however, the order which Lord Langdale made
is quite consistent with the facts. His Lordship ordered an injunction to
issue, restraining the defendant from using the words or names “ London
Conveyance,” or “ Original Conveyance for C o m p a n y o r any other
names, words, or devices painted, stamped, printed or written, etc., in such
manner as to form or he a colorable imitation of the names, words, and de
vices painted on the omnibuses of the complainants.
We now go to a case where Messrs. Day & Martin were manufac
turers of blacking, as was a person named Binning. The latter sold his
blacking in bottles, which not only resembled the bottles used by Day &
Martin, but were labelled in a similar manner. The only difference be
tween the two labels was, that the label of Day & Martin described their
blacking as “ manufactured” by Day & Martin, whilst that of Binning’s
described his blacking as “ equal to Day & Martin’s.” The words “ equal
to,” were printed in a very small type.
An injunction was granted ex parte, to restrain Binning from using any
labels in imitation of those of Day & Martin.*
It is, however, to be observed, that where there is no patent, there is
nothing to stop a manufacturer from putting forth openly and plainly that
he makes a similar article, and that it is equal to one made by another.
The intention is everything.
Day v. Binning,'1 C. C. Cooper’s Rep., 489.
332
II.
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
W H IL E
A R T IC L E
PED
K PERSON SHALL NOT M AK E
A N A R T IC L E
AS A N D F O R T H E
D E A L T IN AND M ADE BY A N O T H E R , Y E T H E CA NN O T BE STO P
(W H E R E
THERE
IS NO P A T E N T ) FR O M
S IM IL A R T H IN G , W H E R E
HE
O PENLY
M A K IN G
SHOW S T H A T I T
A N D S E L L IN G
A
IS H IS O W N .
The cases in the courts where a party is enjoined, show that it is only
where a fraud is intended by the palming off or aiding in the palming off
of a counterfeit article as and for the thing of another, that the courts
interfere.
Thus, we have a case in the books,* which, as to the principle involved,
will apply to trade-marks, although it immediately related to the sale of
a medicine well known as Velno’s Vegetable Syrup. A man by the name
of Jones, who had been a servant with a former maker of it, (Mr. Swainson,)
made a similar composition, or something like i t ; but in his advertisement,
he certified that the medicine prepared by him at his residence, under the
name ofLVelno’s Vegetable Syrup, ivas precisely the same with that made
and sold by the late Mr. Swainson.
The court considered that Jones merely attempted to show that he sold,
not another person’s medicine, but one of as good a quality.
III.
A PERSON MAY B EA R T H E
T IC L E , Y E T H E
SAM E N A M E AS T H E
H A S NO R IG H T T O M A K E
M AKER
OF AN A R
H IS GOODS AS A N D F O R T H E
GOODS O F A N O T H E R .
This was decided in a case where Mr. Sykes had made and sold shotbelts, powder-flasks, etc., which he was accustomed to mark with the
words “ Sykes’s patent,” although there was no patent attached to the
articles.y
It was contended by a defendant, that, as his name also was Sykes,
therefore he had a right to mark his goods with that name ; and had also as
much right to add the word “ patent,” as the plaintiff; but the court would
not give in to this, and laid down the above principle.
IV. A L T H O U G H A P E R S O N M A Y N O T H A V E A N E X C L U S IV E R I G H T TO A
P A R T IC U L A R M A R K , Y E T
A NOTHER
SHA LL NOT
U SE
I T SO A S TO
DE
C E IV E OR M IS L E A D .
Thus, in a suit in England,j: that embraced the manufacture of casehardened ploughshares, Messrs. Ransome had been in the habit of not
only using their name upon their articles, but also marked upon them the
letters H. H., to denote the shares being case-hardened, and also with cer
tain numbers, as No. 6, to denote their size. Aside from the matter of the
name or style, the defendant, a Mr. Bentall, claimed the right of using
the letters and figure H. H. 6.
The Vice Chancellor, Sir Lancelot Shadwell, said : “ The defendant is
in fact asking me to sanction the commission of a fraud. If he had been
in the habit of marking his ploughs only with H. H. 6, and i f I could see
the marks so placed that no person could be deceived in purchasing the
ploughs, then I might refuse the injunction as to that part of the ploughs.
* Canhara v. Jones, 2 Vess. B., 218. In this case, as the foundation for the suit was
the exclusive right asserted by the plaintiff, and he failed there, the consequential relief
failed with it. However, as it appeared that Jones was in the habit of using verbally the
plaintiff’s name in various ways, in order to recommend and promote the sale of the med
icine, it is believed that a bill, rightly framed, would have held to restrain his making use
of the plaintiffs name and the simulated article for such a purpose.
+ Sykes v. Sykes, 3 Barnwell & Cresswell’s Rep., 541. S. C. Dowling & Ryland, 292.
t Ransome v. Bentall, Law Journal Reports (new series) vol. 3, p. 161.
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
333
But here the defendant wants me to decide, ab ante, that no possible use o f
H. H . 6, may not have the effect o f misleading persons.”
The court allowed an injunction, restraining not only the use of the par
ticular style, letters and figures, but also “ any words, letters and figures,
which purported to represent that they were used by the complainants, etc.”
In connection, we may add, that it has been decided,* that a watchmaker,
having long used a Turkish word, in Turkish characters, engraved upon
watches made by him for the foreign market, where they were in high
estimation, and had great sale, had an exclusive right to the use o f the dis
tinguishing marks. It appeared that a Mr. Gout had long manufactured
watches for the markets of Constantinople and other places in the L evant;
and his watches had acquired great repute there, and a ready sale. They
were distinguished from all others, not only by the names, but also by the
word cesendede, (warranted,) impressed upon each in Turkish characters.
Messrs. Parkinson and Frodsham had manufactured, and were exporting,
together with two other persons, who gave them the order, a number of
watches, with that distinguishing word upon them, and made also, in other
respects, to resemble and pass for Mr. Gout’s watches. Messrs. Parkin
son and Frodsham tried to excuse themselves by showing that they were
not aware that they had been counterfeiting Mr. Gout’s watches ; that
they had been ordered to make a quantity of watches for export, and to
impress on them the Turkish characters already mentioned. They, how
ever, insisted that there was no law to prevent them from affixing the
word “ warranted” in Turkish, to their own watches, or limit the exclu
sive use of it to Mr. Gout.
The Vice Chancellor, before whom the matter was urged, decided, that
Mr. Gout, under the circumstances, had acquired, by long previous usage,
the exclusive right to designate his watches by this Turkish word, in
Turkish characters ; and that the object of affixing the same mark to the
watches manufactured by the other parties was, no doubt, to make them
pass for Mr. Gout’s, the sale of which could not but be thereby injured.
V.
W H E R E A T R A D E -M A R K B E L O N G S TO A P A R T N E R S H I P , I T W IL L , O N T H E
D E A T H O F O N E P A R T N E R , S U R V IV E TO T H E
R E M A IN IN G P A R T N E R , A N D
IS N O T TO B E U S E D B Y T H H N E X T O F K IN O F T H E F O R M E R .
This came up in a proceeding in the English Court of Chancery rela
ting to the well known pencils of Brookman and Langdon. j^ The original
right had been in Messrs. Brookman and Langdon ; and the right to use
the style of the firm passing by agreement to the widow of Langdon, after
his death, she carried on the business in copartnership with James Lewis,
under the same style. It was decided that, on her death, the right to use
the style of the firm passed by survivorship to the surviving partner Lewis,
apd not to the next of kin of the original manufacturer; and therefore,
Lewis, continuing after Mrs. Langdon’s death to carry on the business
under the style of “ Lewis & Co., successors to Brookman and Langdon,”
was held entitled to an injunction to restrain one A. Langdon, who claim,
ed to be the next of kin of Langdon, the original pencil maker, from car
rying on the business of pencil making, under the style of “ Brookman
and Langdon.”
* Gout v. Parkinson and others, 5 London Legal Observer, (1833,) p. 495.
+ Lewis v Langdon, 7 Sim. 421.
334
VI.
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
A C O U R T O F C H A N C E R Y W IL E .N O T P R O T E C T A T R A D E S M A N I N A M A R K ,
W HO D O ES N O T COME
BEFO RE
THE
C O U R T ON
A
CA SE
F O U N D E D IN
TRUTH.
This was decided where a person of the name of Pidding attempted to
restrain one How from selling a certain mixed tea. In 1832, Pidding, the
plaintiff, began to sell, in London, a mixed tea, composed of many differ,
ent sorts of black tea, under the name of Howqua’s mixture, in packages
weighing a catty each, and having Chinese characters and the figures of
a male and female Chinese on three of the sides, and a printed label, con
taining the words “ Howqua’s Mixture,” and some other particulars rela
ting to the tea, on the fourth side. How, the defendant, sold tea under
the same name, and in packages with labels resembling those used by
the plaintiff.
The case made by the plaintiff was, that the mixture in question was
originally made by one of the Hong merchants at Canton, named Howqua, for his own private use ; that the plaintiff, when he was at Canton,
had been intimate with Howqua, and had frequently drunk tea made from
the mixture, at his house ; that, having ascertained the particular kind of
tea which gave to the mixture its peculiar flavor, he, in 1832, purchased
from Howqua, and brought to England, a large quantity of that tea, and
also of other black teas, and made a mixture of them similar to that used
by Howqua, and that he had continued to sell large quantities of it under
the name and in the packages before mentioned.
The plaintiff, in his labels and advertisements, intimated that the mix
ture was made by Howqua in Canton, and was purchased from him, and
imported into this country by the plaintiff, in the packages in xvhich it was
sold; that the tea, which gave it its peculiar flavor, was very rare and highpriced even in China, and was grown in only one province of that coun
try, named Kyiang Nan ; and that it could not be procured in England at
any price.
The affidavits on the defendant’s behalf were made by persons, some of
whom had been acquainted with How qua. They stated that the mixed
tea sold by the plaintiff as Howqua’s mixture, was neither made nor used
by Howqua ; that it was composed of scented orange pekoe, (which gave
it its peculiar flavor,) and of other black teas of the ordinary kinds ; that
orange pekoe was not considered in China to be one of the best teas ; and
that that sort of tea had been imported into and sold in England previous
ly to 1832, and had been since, generally, imported and sold by persons
engaged in the tea trade ; that no black tea, but only green tea, xvas pro
duced in the province of Kyiang N a n ; that the plaintiff did not purchase
the teas from which the mixture was made, from Howqua, or import them
from China, but that he purchased them in England, and that the pack
ages in which the mixture xvas sold, xvere made, not in China, but in Eng
land.
The Vice Chancellor, before whom the above cause was tried, gave the
folloxving opinion:
“ The view that I have taken of this case is this. The plaintiff having
acquired, either by some communication from Howqua, or in some other
manner, the method of compounding a mixed tea, xvhich has been so agree
able to the public as to induce them to purchase it, began, some years ago,
to sell it under the name of Howqua’s mixture ; and the defendant, finding
that the plaintiff’s mixture was in considerable demand, has recently be
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
335
gun to sell a mixture of his own, which I take to be different from the
plaintiff’s, under the same designation. I apprehend that, prima facie,
the defendant was not at liberty to do that. There has been, however,
such a degree of representation, which I take to be false, held out to the
public about the mode of procuring and making up the plaintiff’s mixture,
that, in my opinion, a Court of Equity ought not to interfere to protect the
plaintiff, until he has established his title at law. As between the plain
tiff and the defendant, the course pursued by the defendant has not been a
proper one ; but it is a clear rule, laid down by Courts of Equity, not to
extend tin;if protection to persons whose case is not founded in truth. And
as the plaintiff in this case has thought fit to mix up that which may be
true with that which is false, in introducing his tea to the public, my opin
ion is, that, unless he establish his title at law, the court cannot interfere
on his behalf.
“ What, therefore, I intend to do, is to dissolve the injunction, and to
give the plaintiff liberty to bring such action as he may be advised. Let
there be liberty to both parties to apply, and reserve the consideration of
costs.”
VII. A P E R S O N W H O H IR E S A M A N U F A C T O R Y W H E R E A P A R T IC U L A R M A R K
HAS B EEN
U SE D ON A R T IC L E S M A D E T H E R E , A N D W H O C O N T IN U E S IT S
U S E , C A N N O T , ON L E A V IN G A N D S E T T IN G U P A N O T H E R F A C T O R Y , H A V E
A N E X C L U S IV E
R IG H T T O C O N T IN U E
SU C H M A R K , E V E N
O LD P R E M IS E S M A Y , F O R A T I M E , H A V E
THOUGH TH E
B E E N U N T E N A N T E D .*
How far the owner of such old premises could restrain an outgoing ten
ant from continuing the use of such mark, has never been decided.
It seems unequitable that such a departing tenant should be able to do
so, for the mark attached its value to the premises ; and “ no doubt,” (as
was remarked by the Court of Chancery, in the case from which we have
drawn the above principle,) “ when the owner came to dispose of the works
again, the circumstance of the reputation which the manufacture of the
works had acquired, would enable him to dispose of them on more advan
tageous terms.”
VIII. A M A N W H O M A K E S O R S E L L S A S P U R IO U S A R T I C L E , W IL L N O T B E
P R O T E C T E D , S IM P L Y B E C A U S E T H O S E W H O
D E A L W IT H
H IM
K NOW BY
W H O M I T IS M A N U F A C T U R E D .!
If this were allowed, it would give a power to a buyer and to retailers
to sell the thing ad infinitum, as and for the article of the original maker.
This was well put by Assistant Vice Chancellor Sandford of the first
Circuit of New York, in a case in which the author of this article acted
as counsel.! It related to an imitation of J. & P. Coats’s spool cotton
thread. The defendants, among other things, attempted to excuse them
selves on the ground that they explained the article to buyers. The court
said : “ But it is said, that upon their sale to the jobber, by whom it was
again sold to the retailers, the defendants told the jobber truly, that it was
an imitation of Coats’s thread; in short, that they sold it as a spurious
article. But what then ?
Did they imagine that the jobber would be
equally frank and communicative to the retail merchants and shop-keep
* Motley v. Downman, 3 Mylne & Craig’s R.
t Sykes v. Sykes, 2 Barnwell & Cresswell’s Rep., 541. S. C. 5 Dowling & Ryland, 292.
1 Coats r. Holbrook and others, M. S.
336
Counterfeiting Marks and Names mi Merchandise
ers, and that every one of the latter would carefully inform every person
that bought a spool, that the thread was an imitation of Coats’s, made in
New Jersey, and only three cord, instead of six ? The idea is prepos
terous. Trade-marks, names, labels, etc., are not forged, counterfeited
or imitated with any such honest design or expectation. McGregor’s
thread was labelled and stamped with Coats’s name and mark, so that it
might be palmed off upon the consumer as being made by Coats ; and every
man who sold it, whether he made five per cent or fifty per cent, by the
operation, lent himself to the perpetration of the fraud.”
IX. A L T H O U G H A M A N U F A C T U R E R A D O P T S A N OLD M A R K 6 r N A M E IN
T H E H O N E S T B E L I E F T H A T I T D E S IG N A T E S O N L Y T H E P A R T IC U L A R M A
T E R IA L OR S P E C IE S O F T H IN G O N W H IC H I T IS P L A C E D , A N D U SES I T IN
IG N O R A N C E O F IT S B E IN G A N Y T H IN G M O R E T H A N A T E C H N IC A L T E R M ,
Y E T T H E C O U R T W IL L E N J O I N H IM , P R O V ID E D I T B E T H E T R A D E -M A R K
OF A NOTHER.
This principle came out in a suit in the English chancery, connected
with what is known in the market by the name of Crowley Steel and Crow
ley, Millington, Steel.* It appeared that the business carried on by Messrs.
Millington was originally founded at the end of the seventeenth century,
or in the early part of the eighteenth century, by a person of the name of
Crowley, who invented or introduced a particular mode of manufacturing
steel, which had ever since been followed by the Messrs. Millington, and
those whom they succeeded in business. The words forming the mark
were “ Crowley,” and “ Crowley, Millington,” with “ I. H .,” being the
initials of the name of John Heppel, the principal workman in the plain
tiff’s employ. The defendants were Messrs. Fox, Brothers. They very
clearly showed to the court that they had used the marks in ignorance of
their being trade-marks, and pointed out how they supposed them to be
technical terms :—that, by the term “ Crowley” Steel, the defendants al
ways understood tilted, rolled, or single shear or sheared steel, made up
in a bundle of one hundred weight, and manufactured from a bar of steel,
and by the term “ Crowley Millington” steel, shear or sheared steel, made
up in bundles of one hundred weight, and manufactured from several bars.
And also they did not know that the letters “ I. H .” had any other signi
fication than as being one of the ordinary marks used among steel manu
facturers throughout the kingdom for a long course of years.
When the case first came before the court, the Lord Chancellor ex
pressed an opinion that the plaintiffs had made out a case which entitled
them to an injunction ; and afterwards his honor observed : “ I see no rea
son to believe that there has, in this case, been a fraudulent use of the
plaintiffs’ marks. It is positively denied by the answ er; and there is no
evidence to show that the defendants were even aware of the existence of
the plaintiffs as a company manufacturing steel; for, although there is no
evidence to show that the terms ‘ Crowley’ and ‘ Crowley Millington’ were
merely technical terms, yet there is sufficient to show that they were very
generally used, in conversation at least, as descriptive of particular quali
ties of steel. In short, it does not appear to me that there was any fraud
ulent intention in the use of the marks. T hat circumstance, however,
does not deprive the plaintiffs of their right to the exclusive use of those
names,” &c.
* Millington a. Fox, 3 Mylne and Craig, 338.
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
X.
W HERE
A
M AN U FA C TU R ER
F O R E IG N C O R R E S P O N D E N T , I N
EXECUTES
O R D E R S R E C E IV E D
337
FROM
A
T H E O R D IN A R Y C O U R SE O F H I S B U SIN E S S ,
A N D W IT H O U T A K N O W L E D G E T H A T T H E M A R K S W H IC H H E IS IN D U C E D
TO U S E A R E T H E T R A D E -M A R K S O F A N O T H E R , NO L I A B I L I T Y , B Y W A Y O F
D A M A G E S , W IL L A T T A C H T O H IM .
William Crawshay was an iron manufacturer in South Wales ; and
William Thompson and others were also manufacturers in the neighbor
hood. It is the custom in the iron trade for the different iron masters to
mark the iron made by them with a peculiar mark of their own. Since
the peace in Europe of 1815, a large trade for iron had grown up between
this country and Turkey and Greece, (which had previously been supplied
by Russia,) and Crawshay’s iron, marked (W. C.,) was in great estimation
in the Turkish market, where the mark in question was generally known
as “ the comb mark.” It appeared to be the custom for several mer
chants to order iron from different English manufacturers, stamped with
particular marks, differing from their own private marks. In the jrear
1837, the defendants received from a Mr. Kerr, a Turkish merchant in
London, an order for a quantity of iron to be shipped by a certain vessel,
and such iron was directed to be stamped W ., with a little o in an oval
(W°). This order was executed; but the stamp was made W . with a
dot in an oval (W-). Mr. Crawshay happening to be there at the time,
saw some of the iron so marked, and remonstrated with the defendants’
manager on the alleged similarity of the mark to his own. No further
notice was taken at that time ; and the defendants, in execution of other
orders, continued to supply iron stamped with the foregoing letters, which
were afterwards varied according to orders, to W . with a large O.
The Chief Justice who tried the cause left it to the jury to say : first,
whether they were satisfied that the defendants’ mark bore such a close
resemblance to Crawshay’s as, in its own nature, was calculated to de
ceive the unwary or persons who were moderately skilled in the article,
and to injure the sale of Crawshay’s goods ; and, secondly, what was the
intention of the defendants in using the mark complained of—whether it
was for the purpose of supplanting Crawshay, or done in the usual course
of trade, and in execution of foreign orders sent to their house; because,
the judge said, it seemed to him, that, unless there were such a fraudulent
intention existing, {at least before notice,) and it were proved to the satis
faction o f the jury, the defendants would not be liable. In this particular
case the jury found for the defendants.*
It may, however, be observed, that although in a similar case no dam
ages might be had, or even a verdict at law be obtained in favor of a
plaintiff, yet an injunction in chancery to restrain the use of an established
mark would hold.
XI.
A M A N U FA C TU R ER CAN, N EV E R T H E L E SS, B E
R E S T R A IN E D B Y I N J U N C
T IO N I N T H E U SE O F A N O T H E R ’S T R A D E -M A R K , E V E N T H O U G H T H E
AR
T IC L E IS N O T T O B E SOLD I N T H E H O M E M A R K E T .
This was decided in the case of the Crowley Steel before mentioned :
lor, there, the defendants showed that they had not sold any such steel in
the English market, as their business lay entirely with North America,
whither they exported steel. The same point, as it will have been seen,
vol.
* Crawshay v. Thompson and others, 4.
xiv.— no. iv.
22
Manning v. Granger, 357.
338
Counterfeiting Marks and Names on Merchandise.
occurred in the case of the Turkish word upon the watches.
were made for a foreign market.
XII.
A
There they
T R A D E S M A N , W H O S E M A R K IS W R O N G F U L L Y U S E D , C A N R E C O V E R
SOM E D A M A G E S , E V E N T H O U G H
H E D O E S N O T P R O V E T H E IN F E R I O R I T Y
O F T H E A R T IC L E O F T H E W R O N G -D O E R .
Such damages at law are given for the invasion of the right by the
fraud of another.*
In one case, at law, the judge, on the trial, put it as a question to the
jury, whether the defendants’ article was of inferior quality ? This was no
doubt done with reference to their calculation of the amount of damages ;
for his honor at the same time stated to the jury, that even if the defend
ants’ goods were not inferior, the plaintiff was entitled to some damages,
inasmuch as his right had been invaded by the fraudulent act of the de
fendants.
And the court of chancery has decided, that it is immaterial whether the
simulated article is or is not of equal goodness and value to the genuine.f
XIII.
T H E D E C E I T N E E D N O T B E S T A M P E D O R L E T T E R E D U P O N T H E BO DY
O F T 1 IE A R T IC L E I T S E L F .
I T M A Y B E U P O N S O M E T H IN G T H A T H O L D S I T .
Thus, in a case relating to metallic hones, the inventor and manufactu
rer used certain envelopes for the same, denoting them to be his, while
other persons, as was alleged, wrongfully made other hones, wrapped them
in similar envelopes, and sold them as his own.:}: In this suit, on a mo
tion for a new trial, one of the judges (Patteson) observed : “ It is clear
the verdict ought to stand. The defendants used the plaintiff’s envelope,
and pretended it was their o w n: they had no right to do that, and the
plaintiff was entitled to recover some damages in consequence.”
XIV.
A
F O R E IG N M E R C H A N T H A S A R IG H T T O T H E P R O T E C T IO N O F H IS
M A R K A N D N A M E U P O N GOODS E Q U A L W IT H A R E S ID E N T A N D C I T I Z E N .
This point was expressly raised in a case before Judge Story, but, as it
has been said in another suit, he scouted the idea. It was also attempt
ed to be pressed in the case relating to J. & P. Coats’s thread, to which
we have before adverted, as well as in another chancery proceeding, be
fore Chancellor Walworth, which also related to spool-thread.
The fraud upon the buyers, in such a case, is just as apparent as in any
other, while it would be hard that the original maker should have no right
and no remedy, merely because he lives at a distance. The very circum
stance of that distance should rather tell in his favor. The greatest minds
have thrown their usefulness to the greatest distance.
In the case before Judge Story, his honor said : “ First, it is suggested
that the plaintiffs are aliens. Be it so ; but in the Courts of the United
States, under the constitution and laws, they are entitled, being alien
friends, to the same protection of their rights as citizens. There is no pre
tence to say, that if a similar false imitation and use of the labels of a citi
zen put upon his own manufactured articles, had been designedly and
fraudulently perpetrated and acted upon, it would not have been an invasion
of his rights, for which our laws would have granted ample redress. There
is no difference between the case of a citizen and that of an alien friend,
where his rights are openly violated.”
* Blofield v. Payne, 4. Barnwell and Adolphus, 410.
t Taylor v. Carpenter, M. S. before Chancellor Walworth, 3. December, 1844.
t Blofield v. Payne, 4. Barnwell and Adolphus, 410.
The Wine Districts o f Portugal and Madeira.
339
Our Chancellor Walworth, in the proceedings before him, observed:
“ The fact that the complainants are subjects of another government, and
the defendant is a citizen of the United States, as stated in the answer,
cannot alter the rights of the parties, or deprive the complainants of the
favorable interposition of this court, if those rights have been violated by
the defendant. So far as the subject matter of the suit is concerned, there
is no difference between citizens and aliens. And the only question pro
per to be considered is,whether the defendant has the right, as he insists
he has, to pirate the trade-marks of the complainants with impunity, and
to palm off upon the community a simulated article as the genuine,” &c.
The courts have carried the rules we have laid down beyond mere
trade-marks upon goods, (as, indeed, we have already shown in the case
of quack medicines.) They have decided in relation to magazines and
newspapers, that a rival shall not assume a similar title for the fraudulent
purpose of imposing upon the public, and of supplanting the original pub
lisher and owner.*
But, our article must end here ; for we believe we have referred to every
important case bearing upon trade-marks.
ART. IV.— THE WINE DISTRICTS OF PORTUGAL AND MADEIRA.
T he Portuguese wine is principally the well known Port. It is shipped
from Oporto, and may hence derive its name either from the country,
or from the city. W e will first notice, from Dr. Henderson’s work, the
chief points in the cultivation of the district, and then glance at the reg
ulations which have given such an artificial tone to the port-wine trade.
The wine country, or district of the Cima de Douro, or Upper Douro,
commences about fifty miles from the harbor of Oporto, and presents a
succession of hills on both sides of the river, which afford the choicest ex
posures, and such loose and crumbling soils as have been shown to be
most propitious to the culture of the vine. The whole of this district is
under the superintendence of a chartered company, called the “ General
Company for the Cultivation of the Vineyards of the Alto Douro.” The
vintages are usually divided into two principal classess, viz : factory wines,
(vinhos dafeitoria,) and secondary wines, (vinhos de ramo.) The factory
wines are again divided into vinhos de embarque, or assorted wines, for
exportation to E ngland; vinhos separados, or assorted wines for export
ation to the Portuguese colonies, or other foreign countries, or for home
consumption. The vinhos de ramo are used partly for distillation, and
partly for the supply of the taverns in Oporto, etc.
In the territory of the Cima de Douro, the vines are in general kept
low, and trained on poles. Many different species are cultivated, some
of which are for producing a wine of strong and full body, while others
are destined for a milder and sweeter wine. As soon as the grapes be
gin to shrivel, they are gathered and introduced into broad and shallow
vats, where they are trodden along with stalks; and this operation is re
peated several times during the fermentation, which, in the case of the
superior wines, continues about seventy-two hours. W hen the liquor has
ceased to ferment, it is removed into large tuns, containing from eight to
* Hogg v. Kirby, 8 Vesey, 213; Snowden t>. Noah, 1 Hopkins, 347 ; Bell v. Locke,
8 Paige’s C. R. 75.
340
The Wine Districts o f Portugal and Madeira.
twenty pipes each. After the fair of the Douro, which commonly takes place
in the beginning of February, the wine is racked into pipes, for the pur
pose of being conveyed down the rider into the stores of the factory or of
the wine-merchants at Oporto. To that which is reserved for exportation,
a quantity of brandy is added when deposited in armazens or stores ; and
a second portion is thrown in before it is shipped, which is generally about
twelve months after the vintage.
The establishment of the wine company at Oporto, arose out of the adul
teration which some of the merchants effected on the wine, by adding to it
a larger quantity of brandy than is ever put in any other sort of wine. But
this establishment, good in its origin, soon produced very pernicious effects.
In the beginning of the last century, a commercial treaty was made between
England and Portugal, by which England offered to the wine of Portugal
a decided advantage in her markets, on condition that Portugal took her
woollens; and this led to a great export of Portugal wines to England.
Down to about the year 1720, no brandy was added to the Oporto wines ;
but after that time the practice of so adulterating them, under the plea of
making them bear the voyage better, came into vogue, and increased to a
great degree. The English factors of Oporto addressed in 1754 a letter
to their agents in the Alto Douro, complaining that “ the grower, at the
time of the vintage, is in the habit of checking the fermentation of the
wines too soon, by putting brandy into them whilst fermenting.” This
complaint, and others about the same time, probably led to the formation
of the company ; for the quality of the wine became by adulteration so
bad, that the demand for it lessened, the market price lowered, and the
cultivators began to experience distress. Upon this, certain individuals
at Oporto, in conjunction with the proprietors of the vineyards, succeeded
in persuading the Portuguese government to sanction the formation of a
joint-stock company, for the protection of the wine-trade of the district.
The professed objects of these persons were, “ to encourage the culture of
the vineyards ; to secure the reputation of the wines, and the support of
both the one and the other by fixed prices ; to promote in consequence inland
and foreign commerce ; and finally, to insure the preservation of the health
of his majesty’s subjects.”
By royal letters patent, granted by the government of Portugal, these
persons were authorized to form a company, with a capital of one million
eight hundred thousand crowns. Among the better points of then- charter
were the following : First—that the district calculated for the growth of
the export wines should be marked out, and the mixture of those wines
with others from without the boundary prohibited. Second—That no one
should be permitted to cover the vines with litter; as that operation, though it
considerably augmented the produce, tended to deteriorate the quality of
the wine. Third—That in the manufacture of the wine, no one should
use elder-berries ; which not only gave it a false and evanescent color,
but also changed its natural flavor; (the planting of the elder being at the
same time forbidden within the line of demarcation, and orders given to
extirpate the plants that already existed.) Fourth—That after each vin
tage, a list should be made out of the number of pipes in every cellar with
in the district; and that the wine-tasters of the company, and others to be
nominated by the farmers, should prove them, and arrange them in classes,
distinguishing such as were fit for exportation, and delivering to the pro
prietors a corresponding ticket.”
The Wine Districts o f Portugal and Madeira.
341
These were the more favorable points connected with the company’s
privileges ; but the unfavorable ones came into play gradually, and wrought
great mischief in many ways. The powers were intended to guard the
quality and fitness of the Douro wines generally; but the company con
tinued to interpret these powers to their own advantage, despite the inju
rious effect which resulted in other quarters. One of the evils is thus com
mented on by Dr. Henderson : “ It must be evident to every one pos
sessed of common understanding, that no greater absurdity could have
been imagined, than to mark out a district of several leagues in extent,
exhibiting a great variety of soils and exposures, as the only territory ca
pable of producing wines for exportation; especially, when it was known
that many of the growths within the line of demarcation were of inferior
quality, while others without that boundary were of first-rate excellence.
One obvious effect of this senseless enactment, has been to encourage
smuggling on the borders; for those farmers whose lands produce only
light wines, must naturally be tempted to improve them, and render them
fit for purchase, by an admixture with the common ramo wines, which
they can always procure at a low price, and import without much risk of
detection.” The company also possessed the power of fixing a maximum
price for the wines of the district; a power which thus affected the ag
riculturalist : “ If on favorable soils, and in propitious seasons, any su
perior wines were produced, it did not accord with the views of the com
pany, that these wines should be sent to its customers in their original
purity; as it was more advantageous to conceal the existence of them,
and to use them for mixing with inferior sorts. The cultivator, therefore,
of such fortunate growths, not being remunerated for his greater outlay,
or for the superior skill and industry which he might have displayed in the
management of his vineyard, could have no inducement to continue his
exertions, but would henceforth content himself with raising, at the least
possible expense, the greatest possible quantity of a middling quality, or
such as he could most readily dispose of under the name of export wines.”
The increase in the consumption of the wine of Oporto, in England,
found (by Redding, in his history of wines,) in comparing the consumption
of the first ten years of the 18th century, with the like number of years
of the present century, is striking; it is as follows :
T u n s.
Wines imported in England from 1700 to. 1710,....................
“
«
1800 to 1810,....................
81,293
222,022
H hils. Gails.
0
2
9
25
The non-export of pure wine from Oporto, first took place about 1715.
It was then the Portuguese first begun to mingle brandy with the whies
they sent to England. About this time the British government laid a duty
of j£55 5s., or §276 per tun upon French wines ; while Portuguese wines
were admitted at £ 7 5s. 3d. a tun. There is, says Redding, no necessity
to search for any other reason why Port wine is now so generally drank
in England. It was no intrinsic worth in the wines themselves, which
introduced them into England, but the enormous difference between the
duties on French and other wines, and those of Portugal. Custom has
since hallowed them, and they are not likely to lose much ground for many
generations, even should they get worse instead of better. “ Englishmen,”
says Redding, an Englishman, “ are wedded to long usages, and numbers
believe Port wine is the only real wine in the world, and shiver wherever
342
The Wine Districts o f Portugal and Madeira.
Romanee Conti or Lafitte is named.” In 1730, Port wine was sold in
England at fifty cents the bottle, and white wine of Portugal at the same price.
The total export of wines from Oporto for a period of ten years, from
1824 to 1833, was as follows :
ENGLAND.
OTHER PORTS.
TOTAL.
Pipes.
Pipes.
Pipes.
26,117
19,968
6,149
1824...........................
40,477
1825,..........................
40,277
170
18,597
1826,..........................
18,310
287
34,237
24,207
1827,..........................
10,030
27,932
13,295
41,227
1828,..........................
25,371
17,832
7,539
1829,..........................
24,165
19,333
4,832
1830,..........................
20,171
3,268
23,439
1831,..........................
1832,..........................
13,573
2,977
16,550
20,495
19,432
1,063
1833,..........................
# The quantity of pure Port wine imported into the United States is very
small.
The other kinds of Portuguese wine, such as that of Lisbon, known by
that name, and Bucellas, produced a few miles from Lisbon, are of com
paratively small sale and importance; but the wine of Madeira, which
may he regarded as a part of Portugal, has a few peculiarities about it
worthy of notice.
The vine was cultivated in Madeira with a view to vintage four centu
ries ago ; but till the latter end of the seventeenth century its wine was
not much known out of the island. In 1689, a writer describes the hills
as being covered with vines, from which wine was made, and that this
wine was brought to the towns in hog-skins, upon asses’ backs. At the
present day, numerous varieties of grapes are grown on the island, some
of which will bear for sixty years. The vines are planted in lines in
the vineyards in front of the houses, upon trellis-work seven feet high ; the
branches are conducted over the tops, so as to be exposed horizontally to the
sun’s action; thus affording a canopy to those who walk under them, and
yielding a shade very acceptable in a hot climate. On the north side of the
island, the vines are trained up chestnut-trees, to shelter them from the vio
lence of the wind. Some ofthese vines are grown on elevations nearly three
thousand feet high, and wine is made at an elevation of two thousand.
The mode of making the wine is usually this. For the best qualities,
the fruit is gathered at different times, and carefully picked; the unripe
and damaged portions being set apart for the manufacture of an inferior
wine. The operation of treading is performed in a trough formed of strong
planks, or excavated in a lava rock, and the juice thus obtained is called
vinho dajlor. The bruised grapes are then placed within the coils of a
thick rope, made of the twisted shoots of the vine, and subjected to the
action of the press, which gives the second quality of must. This is
usually mixed with the former, and the whole is fermented in casks con
taining one pipe each. A few pounds of baked gypsum are thrown in, as
soon as the fermentation commences ; and while it lasts, the liquor is stir
red once a day with a large flat stick, in order to accelerate the process.
On account of the mountainous nature of the country, the grapes are some
times pressed in one place and fermented in another, to which they are
conveyed on men’s backs, either in goat-skins or in small barrels. The
Mineral Wealth and Resources o f Virginia.
343
fruit is ripe by the first week in September; and by the second week of
November the vine is expected to be clear.
The meaning of the names “ East India” and “ W est India” Madeira,
will be gathered from the following remarks by Mr. Redding : “Madeira
wine must attain age on the island, if it be not sent a voyage to a warmer
climate, to gain its utmost excellence through a perfect decomposition of
the saccharine principle. The expense of a voyage to the East Indies for
this purpose is superfluous, as motion and heat will, do it in any climate, and
complete the decomposition of the principle which tends to fermentation.
A pipe of Madeira has been attached to the beam of a steam-engine in the
engine-house, where the temperature is always high, and the motion con
tinual, and in a year it could not be known from the choicest East India.”
Madeira wine is one of those which bears age remarkably well, and the
wine has not yet been drunk too old. Its flavor and aroma perfect them
selves by years. There is no mixture of any kind, but a little brandy on
exportation, made to Madeira wine of the first growth, for any purpose
whatever ; almonds and various additions are used to bring up the char
acter of the inferior growths to the standard of the first, and impose them
upon the world for that which they are not. Some imagine the character
of the wines to have deteriorated of late years, but there seems no reason
able ground for the supposition. Inferior growths have been imposed up
on buyers for those of the first class ; and there was naturally a reaction,
as there must be with Sherry wines from the same cause, namely, inferior
classes having been forced into the market from an unnatural demand.
Malmsey is a very rich wine made in Madeira, and is produced from a
grape which will only flourish in one small spot in the island.
Art. V— MINERAL WEALTH AND RESOURCES OF VIRGINIA.
TO THE EDITOR OP THE “ MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW.”
Sir—I am indebted to the kindness of a friend for the perusal of the
January number of your valuable work. In it I find a short notice of
the coal, iron, gold, and copper of Virginia, with a request from you for
additional information on the mineral resources of the state. In the com
munication I design to make, it is not my purpose to attempt anything be
yond a very concise view of the subject, as none other would be admissable
in a work like the “ Merchants’ Magazine.” I am induced to give the
information, though I know there are others much more competent, in the
hope that even a very imperfect article on the subject may do some service
to my state.
That portion of Virginia known as the tide-water district, like all the
seaboard country south of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, is barren in min
erals ; but even there, nature has not withheld other favors, than those which
meet the eye of the casual observer. Throughout this whole region,
extensive beds of marl are found, waiting for the hand of industry to
use them in restoring the exhausted fields, which the improvident agricul
ture of our ancestors have entailed upon their* descendants, and which, I
fear, will be bequeathed to another generation, a still more worthless
inheritance.
If we draw a line across the state, from Maryland to North Carolina,
344
Mineral Wealth and Resources o f Virginia.
passing the Potomac, Rappahannock, James, Appomattox, and Roanoke
rivers, at the head of tide-water, we divide two important sections of Vir
ginia, whether we consider their topographical features, or general geo
logical structure. West of this line, to the summit of the Blue Ridge
mountains, is what is termed “ the middle country.” This district pos
sesses many striking advantages for the agriculturist, as well as induce
ments for the investment of capital in mining and manufacturing. The
most important mineral formation of this region, is the bituminous coal.
This coal-field commences one mile east of Tuckahoe Creek, and twelve
above Richmond, (measured by the line of the James and Kanawha
River Canal, which passes through that portion of the field, north of
James river;) its western limit is on the head waters of Jones’ Creek,
in Powhatan—the northern out-cross near the line, dividing Henrico and
Hanover counties— to the south it extends to the Appomattox, and very
probably beyond it. Within these limits, coal is mined at many places ;
and in some, the workings are quite extensive. On the north side of the
river, the mines of Messrs. Croucher and Sneads, Randolph’s, Barr’s,
Woodward’s, Barr and Daton’s, and Duval’s, are the principal. On the
south side, the Blackheath, Mid-Lothian, Mills and Reed’s, Stonehenge,
and Jallei’s, are the most extensive. The Clover-Hill mines are nowworked to a sufficient extent to attract attention to the very excellent coal
which they yield. The coals from this field, both north and south of
James river, will compare advantageously with the bituminous coals both
of this country and Great Britain, as is shown by Professor Johnson’s
Report to the Secretary of the Navy, “ On the Evaporative and other
Properties of Coals,” made in June, 1844.*
In this coal-field are found extensive beds of a mineral, which Professor
Rogers calls natural co al; it is a valuable fuel, being found by analysis
to contain 80.30 of carbon, in the 100 grains. Iron ores, in small veins,
exist in this locality; but none have yet been discovered of sufficient im
portance to authorize the erection of smelting furnaces. North of the
coal-field, in Spottsylvania and Louisa, there are several large deposits of
iron ores. At the places of greatest development, viz : near Louisa court
house, and ten miles west of Fredericksburg, the smelting of these ores is
successfully prosecuted. I wrould here remark, that near the present loca
tion of one of these furnaces, on the Rappahannock river, was smelted the
first iron that was sent from the colony of Virginia to Great Britain ; the
furnace was erected by Alexander Spotswood, who was governor of Vir
ginia, in 1710.
The next important deposit is in Buckingham, five miles south of the
village of New Canton. In that vicinity a furnace was in operation dur
ing the revolution; but was discontinued shortly thereafter. In 1834 the
works were rebuilt, and have been since extensively operated. There are
other deposits of ore in Buckingham, near Williams mountain, and on the
head waters of Stall river. In Nelson county, there is one smelting fur
nace ; in Campbell, tw o; in both of these counties the deposits of ore are
extensive. In Patrick Henry, Franklin, and Pittsylvania, the production of
* Extract from Professor Johnson’s Report, page 598:—“ It will not fail to be remark
ed, that the justly celebrated foreign bituminous coals of New Castle, Liverpool, Scot
land, Pictou, and Sydney—coals which constitute the present reliance of the great lines
of Atlantic steamers—are fully equalled, or rather surpassed in strength, by the analagous coals of Eastern Virginia.”
Mineral Wealth and Resources o f Virginia.
345
iron has attracted some attention. Limestone is not abundant in this re
gion ; it is found in Albemarle, Amherst, Nelson, and Campbell, and also
in Patrick Henry and Franklin.
Through this division of the state passes what has been called “ the
Gold Belt.” Commencing in Spottsylvania, it extends through Louisa,
part of Goochland, Fluvanna, Buckingham, Prince Edward’s, Charlotte,
and Pittsylvania. Vast sums of money have been expended in searching
for the treasures of this region; and while some rich deposits were occa
sionally discovered, it has been, upon the whole, a disastrous employment
of labor and capital.
Small veins of copper ore are said to exist in Fauquier and A m herst;
but I believe they are found to be so minute as to be of no practical use.
In Buckingham county, near the Virginia mills, there are extensive quar
ries of slate, admirably adapted for economical purposes ; this is not pro
perly a mineral, but may, I think, with propriety be mentioned in this con
nection. There are many other minerals in this region, but they are of
that class, interesting only to the geologist.
Throughout this whole district there is a most abundant supply of excel
lent stone for building; granite, near the head of tide and in Bedford
county ; with sienite, gneiss, and sand-stone, more generally diffused. Mid
dle Virginia possesses another great element of wealth to a people having
such resources in coals and iron ores, which form the basis of manufactur
ing industry, in the unrivalled water-power afforded by her principal rivers,
in passing from the great elevation at which their sources are found, to the
ocean. At either Fredericksburg, Richmond, Petersburg, or the falls of
the Roanoke, all the factories of Lowell or Paterson might be propelled.
These are the prominent points; but along the James River Canal, from
Richmond to Lynchburg, there are many localities where manufacturing
towns and villages might be located to great advantage. At Lynchburg,
being the western terminus of the canal, and the point at which all the
iron of Botetourt, Bath, Rockbridge, and Alleghany comes, to be trans
ported to the markets of the Atlantic seaboard, it would seem these ad
vantages were very attractive ; yet but little has been attempted in manu
facturing by the citizens of that wealthy, and, in some respects, enterpri
sing town.
1 will next glance at the mineral resources of the third great division of
the state; that portion so well known as “ the valley of Virginia.” To
do justice to this delightful region, would require the pen of a much abler
writer than your humble correspondent, and much more space than could
be asked in your valuable journal. I will therefore, as I have said, merely
glance at her mineral resources. For the production and manufacture of
iron of the most superior quality, the counties between the Blue Ridge
and Alleghany mountains have unrivalled advantages, in abundance of ores,
fuel, water-power, cheap subsistence for laborers and animals, and a cli
mate as salubrious as any on the globe. The excellent quality of the iron
of this region is not mere matter of opinion, but is established by autho
rity of the most conclusive character. The records of the ordnance office
of the army and the bureau of ordnance for the navy, bear testimony to
the great strength of the cannon made from the iron smelted at the old
Clover Dale furnace, and that of Messrs. Shanks and Anderson, both at
Botetourt. In like manner the proof boat of malleable iron at the W ash
ington navy yard, sustains the reputation of the Virginia non manufactured
346
Mineral Wealth and Resources o f Virginia.
at the Tradegar works in Richmond. Some recent experiments have been
made in Boston by Mr. Alger, so well known as an iron manufacturer,
which have resulted in showing that the pig iron from the Roaring Run
furnace (also in Botetourt,) is remarkably adapted for all foundry purposes.
Within the last year excellent steel has been made at Richmond from iron
manufactured at the Buffalo forge in Rockbridge, of pig metal from W ea
ver and Newkirk’s furnace in Bath county. In Pulaski county, the Messrs.
Graham are manufacturing cut nails of superior quality. In Montgomery,
Wythe, and Washington, bituminous coal is found in the same locality
with iron ores of good quality ; but no furnaces have yet been erected to
use that fuel in smelting these ores. This coal formation extends into
Botetourt county, where a vein of four feet has been opened, near the Ca
tawba furnace ; but not mined to any extent. In Wythe, lead ores have
been smelted with much success. The lead is wagoned to Lynchburg,
from whence it finds its way to the northern markets, where it meets with
ready sale, and is considered equal to any produced elsewhere in the
United States. Extensive beds of gypsum are found in Washington,
Wythe, and Granger, which is not inferior to that so extensively imported
from Nova Scotia. In Washington county, on the waters of the Houlsten
river, extensive salt-works have long been in operation, and have proved
productive investments to their owners, as well as of great advantage to
that community.
I will not lengthen this communication by any reflections on this mere
enumeration of some of the treasures which Virginia possesses in this de
lightful valley; nor on the short-sighted policy which causes them, for
want of lines of transport to market, to a great extent to remain where na
ture placed them, but will proceed to a rapid view of the fourth great di
vision of my state, the Transalleghany counties.
If nature has dealt out her riches with stint to other parts of Vir
ginia, she has dispensed them here most profusely. W estern Virginia is
like the “ great west,” with which she is connected geographically, and
in political destiny, is almost superabundantly supplied with all the ele
ments of national wealth. I shall not digress to notice the fertility of the
soil, nor the mild and salubrious climate with which this region is so em
inently blessed ; but will in very general terms notice the extent of her
possessions in coal, iron ores, which forms the basis of England’s manu
facturing wealth, if not her national grandeur.
The great American coal-field which commences in Pennsylvania, and
extends to the Mississippi, and even beyond it, enters Virginia in Preston
ajid Monongalia counties, and passes across the state into Kentucky and
Tennessee. Over this entire region, coal is found associated with iron
ores in almost numberless localities; Iron-works of considerable extent
have been established on Monongalia river, and in Wheeling and its vi
cinity. Coal is mined in many places for the use of those works, and
for consumption in the cities on the O hio; and no inconsiderable quan
tity goes to New Orleans as domestic fuel.
N ear Charleston, on the Great Kanawha, salt is made in vast quanti
ties to supply the Western States.
I am admonished, by casting my eyes over what I have written, that 1
am appropriating more of your pages than I fear will be acceptable to
your readers, and I will therefore conclude with the hope that the sub
ject will be resumed by some one more competent to afford the infor
mation you desired to obtain.
The Chinese Museum, in Boston.
347
Art. TI.— THE CHINESE MUSEUM IN BOSTON.
T he collection of the Chinese Museum, which is now open for public
exhibition in the city of Boston, although not the first, is yet the largest
that has ever been imported into the United States. The cabinet of
the late Mr. Dunn, of a similar character, which was deposited in the city
of Philadelphia, for the inspection of the public in 1839, was removed to
the city of London, and these two are the only collections of this sort now
known to be in existence ; the present being the most considerable in the
world. It embraces groups, presenting views of different forms in life,
from the imperial court, through successive stages of society; the admin
istration of justice, the different modes of travel, the practical exercise of
the useful arts, commerce and agriculture, down to the peculiar kind of
warfare which exists among that singular people; together with the vari
ous species of their manufactures, and indeed everything calculated to throw
light upon Chinese character and institutions. We here have specimens
of their shops, vessels, houses, lanterns, temples, tombs, bridges and paint
ings, and the innumerable products of industry, both usefiil and ornamental,
which have peculiarly distinguished this ancient people. It is our design
to show briefly the prominent features of this exhibition, by specifying the
principal articles which it contains.
The entrance to the hall of the Museum, which is in the Marlboro’
Chapel, is decorated with Chinese designs, being painted and gilded, and
illustrated with such mottos as are calculated to distinguish the peculiar
national character of the collection.
In the first place, we arrive at an apartment containing a group, the
size of life, exhibiting the emperor and the principal personages of the
imperial court, all the figures being covered with gold and silk embroidery;
and in the next case, is the empress, accompanied by several ladies, the
wives of mandarins of the several ranks, also richly clothed, with their
attendants ; adjoining this group, is a court of justice, where all the appli
ances of the law are administered, and a culprit is seen suffering the pe
nalty of his crimes. In the fourth case, is a group representing a school,
priests of the various religious sects, and paintings of numerous Chinese
duties, as well as a tomb, mourning-dress, and mourning-lanterns. An
other apartment portrays a domestic scene, namely, a Chinaman smoking
opium, and his wife ; and a female attendant with tea, all in a room such
as is frequently occupied by individuals in that condition of life, with tables,
chairs, book-case, made of bamboo; the walls adorned with paintings,
lanterns hanging from the ceiling, and door-screen embroidered with gold.
We now arrive at the store of a merchant, which is alleged to be an
exact representation of a mercantile establishment in Canton, where we
find the same circumstances represented, as most commonly exist in the
shops of that city at the present time. There are also presented views of
Chinese modes of warfare, which clearly indicate the obtuseness or the obsti
nacy of the nation, in adhering to those instruments which it is obvious can
not successfully compete with the approved instruments of war in our own
age. The next case gives us an accurate representation of an agricultural
scene, in which is a man ploughing with a buffalo, as well as the various im
plements which are used for winnowing, irrigation, and other matters con
nected with husbandry. We also have a group in the collection, repre
348
The Chinese Museum in Boston,
senting a carpenter, a blacksmith, and a shoemaker, each employed in his
appropriate occupation. A tanka boat, pagoda, lacquered baskets, and
other articles of a similar character, are in the next case.
But one of the most interesting parts of the exhibition, is that of the
porcelain manufacture. It is well known that the Chinese empire has been
long distinguished for the variety and elegance of its manufactures of
porcelain, the article itself being most frequently named after the nation in
which it was first made. There is here exhibited almost every variety of
this product of Chinese industry, some of it of the most elegant and costly
kind. Following this, there are also represented the various musical in
struments which are used in China, including the gong, which it is well
known has been introduced into our own country. The different spe
cies of cards, and ornamented as well as other paper, constitute a cu
rious part of the exhibition ; for it will be remembered that the Chinese
are peculiarly scrupulous in all those matters which appertain to etiquette
and ceremony. A model of a summer-house, a silk-store, a China-ware
and curiosity-shop, comprise a portion of the collection, that will be of
great interest to the mercantile portion of the visiters; and various en
ameled articles of a light kind, indicate the excellence to which the Chi
nese have carried this branch of their manufactures.
A model of a canal-boat, similar to that in which the tea is transported
from the interior to the places of shipment at Canton and other ports on
the seaboards, exhibits the species of vessels which are employed to a
great extent upon the inland waters and canals of the empire, where they
are either pushed along by men with bamboo poles, or are tracked with
ropes. In addition to this, is a model of the junks which are employed hi
the commerce of China, especially in the coasting trade. The sails of
these, like those of other Chinese vessels, are composed of mats, the ropes
and cables of split rattans, and the husk of the cocoa-nut, and the anchors
of a hard wood named by the Chinese “ iron-wood.” The Chinese tra
ding junks are very curiously managed ; besides the captain or pilot, is the
principal owner, or agent of the ow ner; the captain or pilot sits almost
continually on the weather side of the vessel, observing the coast, and sel
dom sleeping. Although he possesses the nominal command of the vessel,
yet the sailors obey him or not as they please, and there is but little dis
cipline or subordination in the conduct of the crew. Next to the pilot, is
the helmsman, and there is also employed a purchaser of provisions, as
well as clerks for the cargo; and another individual is engaged, whose
business it is to attend to the offerings at the religious shrines. Each in
dividual is a shareholder, with the privilege of placing a certain amount
of goods on board ; and it is obvious that in such, a state of things, there
can be but little of prosperous navigation, or of successful seamanship.
There is also presented in the Museum, a model of a hong-boat, and a
mandarin-boat or revenue-cutter, whose ostensible object is to prevent the
smuggling of opium, but which is more frequently employed in assisting
its operations, or, at all events, in collecting a certain amount of taxes
from the smugglers, by the mandarins who have such boats in charge.
In addition to those several prominent articles that we have enumerated,
are many smaller, the product of manufactures, and which are variously
used in domestic life and the arts, together with models of theatres, a Budhist Temple, colored lanterns, and numerous other things which are em
ployed in domestic use, or that constitute staples of domestic export. We
L ife in California— by a Merchant.
349
would especially designate the numerous paintings, exhibiting in their ex
ecution the peculiar character of that class of Chinese productions.
In the various specimens of Chinese labor which are here collected,
we perceive the products of a nation, which, notwithstanding its crowded
population, possesses within itself all the resources of independence, with
out the absolute necessity of foreign commerce. The principal staples of
import to pur own country, which formerly consisted of silks, China-ware,
and tea, have constituted a principal portion of the trade which we have
prosecuted with that country up to this present time. The import of tea,
it is well known, must continue, from the very great and increasing use
of that staple with u s ; but from the manufacture of China-ware and silk
elsewhere, their import to this country have been of late somewhat
diminishing.
The recent difficulties which have sprung up between that nation and
the British government, whatever might have been the merits of the ques
tion between them, there is no doubt, have induced such a negotiation, as
to place the commerce of China with foreign nations upon a more perma
nent and solid basis. In consequence of the arbitrary and capricious ex
actions which have been exercised towards the persons and property of
foreigners who have been employed in the Chinese ports, the commercial
interests of Great Britain, as well as those of this country, have there
suffered to a considerable extent; and the execution of a definitive treaty
between our own country and that of China, has tended to define the po
sition in which our commerce shall hereafter stand in the Chinese marts.
From the contact of the Chinese empire with European civilization, we
may, moreover, presume that the habits and wants of the people of that
country will be materially changed; and that to the cotton goods, ginseng
and lead, which we now export, will be added a long list of products, thus
opening an increasing trade. W e trust that whatever may be the change
wrought in the condition of the Chinese, by its more extended commercial
relations, the state of that empire may be advanced, and that the morals
of the nation, which appear to be extremely debased, will receive an im
proved tone, not from an idolati’ous philosophy, but from the spirit of a
genuine and enlightened Christianity.
Art. ¥ 11.— LIFE IN CALIFORNIA— BY A MERCHANT.*
An unpretending volume, bearing the above title, and dedicated to William Sturgis, Esq., of Boston, one of the pioneers in the trade to the west
coast of America, has just been ushered into life, without an acknowledged
paternity. As this circumstance will, we fear, prejudice the sale of the
work, we cannot but regret a course so modestly pursued by the author,
however high we may appreciate the motives which induced it. The copy
right notice leaves no room to doubt that it is the production of Alfred
Robinson, Esq., of New York, one of our most enterprising and successful
merchants. Mr. Robinson is a son of the late Colonel James Robinson,
of Boston, who, for a long period, filled with honor civil posts of high trust,
after having served in the Massachusetts line of the army, throughout the
glorious contest which secured independence to the old confederation, and
* Life in California, by an American. New York, 1846. Wiley & Pntnam. 1vol.,16mo.
350
L ife in California-—by a Merchant.
shed such broad-cast influence as promises eventually the establishment
of other galaxies of free states extending to the utmost bounds of the west
ern hemisphere.
The title of the work is alone sufficient to attract attention, in view of
the present fever for the shores of the Pacific Ocean ; although, to repeat
a late conundrum, the course of our government regarding these shores,
does not seem “ to border much on the Pacific.”
The volume in question, is “ got up” in good style, with some interest
ing engravings elucidating the descriptions. It must be considered as
very interesting, and quite descriptive of manners and customs of the dif
ferent inhabitants of California. The relation of the personal adventures
and business avocations of the author, gives us a much better idea of the
domestic matters, the manner of living, the thoughts, sentiments, and ac
tions of the natives, as well as of the sojourners there, than could be ob
tained by long and dry episodical descriptions.
The work, moreover, is written in a free, off-hand style, and the taste for
the romantic and beautiful evinced by the occasional short delineations of
scenery, convinces us that although his main thoughts were upon “ the ad
vantages of trade,” yet that when even journeying to gather merchandise, he
had still an eye for the beautiful in nature ; and his power of expressing
these thoughts, makes us regret that he had not devoted more of his book to
them. The proximity of California to our own territory, and our daily in
creasing commercial relations with it, render a knowledge of the resources
of this magnificent region of the utmost importance. And it is not less a
subject of congratulation, that the industrious and enterprising of the An
glo-Saxon race are exploring and peopling these remote regions, than
that, Csesar-like, they are giving us also their graphic commentaries upon
their own achievements. On page 6, our author thus informs us of his arri
val in California:
“ On the afternoon of the 15th February, 1829, the fog cleared up, and we be
held the 1Punta de Pinos’ bearing east, distant ten or twelve miles. This was
the outer southern point of the bay of Monterey, into which we were soon slowly
gliding. The breeze now died away, night closed around us, and as we ap
proached our place of anchorage, nought was heard but the occasional cry of the
leadsman in the chains, or the dip of the oars as the boatmen towed us slowly
into port. Suddenly a flash was seen from the castle, the report followed, and a
hall came whizzing across our bow, so near the boat as to throw upon the men
the spray, as it glanced over the waters. ‘ Let go the anchor,’ cried the captain.
‘ Aye, aye,’ answered the mate, and then followed immediately the splash and the
running out of the chain, until the heavy iron instrument had found its restingplace in the sand.
“ A boat came off from the shore containing an officer of the customs and his
assistant, sent by the commandant of the ‘ Presidio.’ They appeared much
pleased when informed that we wished to trade on the coast, and particularly so,
when made acquainted with the nature and amount of the ship’s cargo. The
conversation soon became general, and the more intelligent of the two (Don
Manuel Jimeno) gave us an account of the country, its government, missions,
and its political condition at that time. He spoke also of the affair of the ship
Franklin of Boston, which had a short time previous been detained by the author
ities on suspicion of being engaged in contraband trade, causing much excite
ment throughout the country, and consequent restrictions on commerce. Her
flight from the port of St. Diego was thought miraculous, running the gauntlet of
a heavy battery within pistol shot of the cannon’s mouth, and yet escaping with
out injury. On she sailed, leaving her enemies in the distance, little heeding
their guns, till, once more rolling to the swell of the mighty ocean, she approach
L ife in California— by a Merchant.
351
ed Point Loma, when a light cloud was seen to emerge from her side, and the
report of her cannon came reverberating among the hills, as if in derision of a
government of such pusillanimity.
“ The local government, exasperated by this open defiance of their authority,
sought by more stringent regulations of trade to prevent in future any fraud upon
the revenue ; and conscious of its weakness at most of the ports along the coast,
laid an embargo upon all, with the exception of the more strongly fortified places
of Monterey and St. Diego, at which ports, only, foreign vessels were allowed to
enter and discharge their cargoes.
“ This restriction, if insisted upon, would overturn all our calculations, and in
fact insure a total failure of the voyage. It was now resolved to write to the
Governor at St. Diego, setting forth the fact of our having fitted out from the
United States with the supposition that no change would be made in the regula
tion of commerce ; that the recent alteration had not given sufficient time for the
news to have reached us prior to our departure from home, and that consequently,
he should take into consideration the embarrassment of our situation, and repeal
in some way the restrictions of the new law.
“ The next day, when I was to look for the first time upon those shores which
were to become for some years my home, was necessarily one of great excite
ment, and I hurried on deck much earlier than my usual hour. Before us lay
stretched out the shore, and as it curved away toward the northern extremity of
the bay, the swell of the ocean, wave after wave, echoed loud and heavily upon
its sands. The sun had just risen, and glittering through the lofty pines that
crowned the summit of the eastern hills, threw its light upon the lawn beneath.
On our left was the ‘ Presidio,’ with its chapel dome, and towering flag-staff in
conspicuous elevation. On the right, upon a rising ground, was seen the
1Castillo,’ or fort, surmounted by some ten or a dozen cannons. The intervening
space between these two points was enlivened by the hundred scattered dwell
ings, and here and there groups of cattle grazing.
“ Monterey is situated on the declivity of a beautiful rising ground, the top of
which is crowned with stately pines. The gradual ascent to its elevated sum
mit is covered with scattered woods and rich and varied flowers. The woods
contain an abundance to gratify the sportsman, and a variety to enchant the
botanist.”
A T SAINT PEDRO.
“ As we anticipated, our friends came flocking on board from all quarters, and
soon a busy scene commenced, afloat and ashore. Boats were plying to and fro,
launches laden with the variety of our cargo passing to the beach, and men,
women and children crowding upon our decks, partaking in the general excite
ment. On shore all was confusion. Cattle and carts laden with hides and tal
low, “ gente de razon,” and Indians, busily employed in the delivery of their pro
duce, and receiving in return its value in goods ; groups of individuals seated
around little bonfires upon the ground, and horsemen racing over the plain in
every direction. Thus the day passed ; some departing, some arriving ; till long
after sunset the low white road leading across the plain to the town, appeared a
living panorama.”
SANTA BARBARA.
“ In the course of a week we sailed for Santa Barbara, where we arrived safely,
and commenced landing our cargo. Many of our packages were bulky, and it
required considerable care to get them through the surf without damage; and
owing to the distance of the ship from the shore, and the rough state of the beach
at times, a fortnight elapsed ere everything was disembarked. At length the
last load was deposited in the house, and the men were employed in getting on
board wood and water ; this having been accomplished, the ship made sail, and
stood out of the bay, on her way to St. Diego, where she was to take in her home
cargo. The breeze was^fair, and a few hours carried her beyond the reach of
our glasses.
“ So, now I was a resident on shore—a 1comerciante de Santa Barbara.’ My
352
L ife in California— by a Merchant.
house w as a building of one story, containing one large room some fifty feet
square, and four sm aller ones. T h e large one w as filled to the roof w ith bales
and boxes, leaving a narrow passage only for com m unication w ith the other
apartm ents, w hich w ere differently occupied. One of these w as fitted up with
shelves and a counter, serving as a show-room, and another I had transform ed
into a bed-chamber. I slept in a cot suspended from the cross-beam s of the ro o f;
and, besides the necessary furniture of chairs, tables, looking-glass, & c., I had
displayed against the w all, tw o old m uskets newly brightened up, tw o pair of
pistols, and a very terrific sword. T h e sight of these appalling instrum ents was
ample security against the rogues, who w ere generally lounging about the door,
leading from the corridor to the street. I had but one companion, a servant, who
had lived for m any years in m y father’s house, and had followed me in m y w an
derings. Poor David ! he Was a good, honest fellow, officiating in m any capaci
ties, and often rem aining in sole charge of a valuable am ount of property ; but he
w as fated to m eet a w atery grave a few years afterw ards, in crossing the passage
from S anta B arbara to St. Buenaventura.
“ A launch w as to take place a t St. Pedro, of the second vessel ever con
structed in California. She w as a schooner of about sixty tons, th a t had been
entirely framed a t St. Gabriel, and fitted for subsequent completion a t St.
Pedro. E very piece of tim ber had been hew n and fitted thirty miles from the
place, and brought down to the beach upon carts. She w as called the ‘ Guadaloupe,’ in honor of the patron saint of M exico ; and as the affair w as considered
quite a n im portant era in the history of the country, m any w ere invited from far
and n ear to w itness it. H er builder w as a Y ankee, nam ed Chapm an, who had
served his apprenticeship w ith a Boston boat-builder. F ath er Sanchez used to
say th a t Chapm an could g et more w ork out of the Indians than all the mayordomos put together.”
SAN FRANCISCO.
“ S an F rancisco has one of the larg est and m ost valuable harbors in the world.
N ature has so defended its narrow entrance, th a t with but little expense it might
be made perfectly impregnable. Its steep and lofty cliffs on either side, combined
w ith other prom inent locations w ithin, m ight be so fortified as to bid defiance to
the m ost powerful and determined foe. T h e soundings are deep, and, in mid
channel, m ay be found in from forty to fifty fathoms. T h e course for vessels
com ing in from sea, is generally m idw ay betw een the bluff points of land.”
Commodore W ilkes, in vol. 5, p. 159, of his Exploring Expedition, says : “ The
combined fleets of all the naval powers of E urope m ight moor w ithin i t w h i c l i
forcibly im presses us w ith the vast im portance of this post to the United States.
Possessing already a fleet of some six hundred w halers, valued a t least at
$20,000,000 in the neighborhood, and daily increasing, a negotiation for the
purchase of U pper California ought not to be deferred. And w e sincerely hope
th at M r. Slidell, as has been stated more th an once, is empowered to trea t with
the governm ent of M exico for the cession of th is valuable province.
“ T h e soil is excellent, and perhaps in no part of the world more yielding, par
ticu larly for w heat. A s a n instance of its imm ense fertility, in this respect, the
following circum stance w as related to me by the mayor-domo of the mission of
St. Jose. E ig h t fanegas, equal to twelve bushels of w heat, w ere sowed, which
yielded twelve hundred fanegas, or eighteen hundred b u sh e ls; the following year,
from the g rain w hich fell a t the tim e of the first harvest, over one thousand bush
els w ere re a p e d ; and again, in the succeeding year, three hundred bushels. The
average production of w heat is one hundred fanegas for one sowed. In many
parts of the country irrigation is necessary, but here, ow ing to the heavy dews
w hich fall a t night, the earth becom es sufficiently m oistened for cultivation.”
W e trust that in a new edition, which will doubtless be called for, the
author will give us a more particular account of the institution of the Pre
sidios, or mission-stations, and more statistics relative to the resources
and trade of California.
Mercantile Law Cases.
353
We are pleased with the justice done to the pious men who founded
these stations, and to the good lives of their successors ; and likewise that
instead of the sweeping denunciations generally branded against religious
belief and practice different from our own—against manners and customs
at variance with our accustomed notions, our author does ample justice to
the people amongst whom he was. domesticated; and without apologies
for their vices, places their character and habits in such lights as to con
vince us of the fidelity of his statements, and enables us to judge correctly
of the inhabitants of Alta California. The lover of Indian antiquities will
be pleased with the translation Chenig-Chenich', appended to the narrative ;
and although no new lights are thrown upon the “ vexed question” of
“ Whence came the aborigines of America 1” yet the description of the vari
ous Indian beliefs respecting the creation of mankind are curious, and afford
matter for speculative comparison.
When we reflect that this superb region is adequate to the sustaining
of twenty millions of people ; has for several hundred years been in the
possession of an indolent and limited population, incapable from their char
acter of appreciating its resources—that no improvement can be expected
under its present control, we cannot but hope that thousands of our fellow
countrymen will pour in and accelerate the happy period (which the work
before us assures us cannot be distant) when Alta California will become
part and parcel of our great confederacy; and that the cry of “ Oregon”
is only a precursor to the actual settlement of this more southern, more
beautiful, and far more valuable region.
MERCANTILE
LAW CAS E S .
LIABILITY OF BANKS FOR NEGLECT TO PROTEST DRAFTS FORW ARDED FOR COLLEC
TION— DISCHARGE OF ENDORSERS, ETC.
I n the C ourt of Common Pleas, Boston, F ebruary 23d, 1846, before Judge
W ashburn. Joseph Ballister, et. al., v. T h e F arm ers’ and M echanics’ Bank.
This w as a n action on the case, brought against the F arm ers’ and M echanics’
Bank of Philadelphia, for negligence in not protesting m proper tim e a draft for
warded to them for collection.
It appeared in evidence that a draft on John R inew alt Uf Philadelphia, for $500,
payable sixty days after sight, w as deposited in the State B ank a t Boston, by the
plaintiffs, and by the State B ank forwarded to the F a rm ers’ and M echanics’ B ank
at Philadelphia. It w as received by the latter bank on the 23d of A ugust, 1844,
and presented to and accepted by R inew alt on the 24th. Consequently it ma
tured on the 26th of October. O n the 25th of October, it w as handed by the
bank to th eir Notary, and by him protested on th at day, and notices forwarded.
The Notary returned the draft to the F arm ers’ and M echanics’ B ank on the 26th,
before 9 A. M., and it w as enclosed and forwarded to Boston by the mail of th at
day. T he plaintiffs refused to receive the draft, and returned it to the F arm ers’
and M echanics’ Bank, and claimed to have it passed to th eir credit. T h e bank
refused to do this, and the plaintiffs afterw ards, on the 4th of Decem ber, sued
Rinewalt, the acceptor, and obtained judgm ent and execution, but could find no
property on w hich to levy the same. Evidence was introduced by the defen
dants, tending to show th a t R inew alt, the acceptor, w as a partner of the draw
ers, and th at he (R inew alt) w as now able to pay the draft. T here w ere endor
sers on the draft, as to whose pecuniary responsibility no evidence w as put in by
either party.
It was contended for the plaintiffs—1st. That the bank, having received the
V OL. X IV .-----N O . I V .
23
Mercantile Law Cases,
354
draft, were bound to take all the necessary and usual steps to secure its accept
ance and payment at maturity, and, in case of non-payment, to protest it on the
day of its maturity. 2d. That the bank were guilty of negligence in handing the
draft to the Notary on the day before it was due, as they thereby misled him—it
being the universal custom of this bank, as was proved, to hand their notes to their
Notary to be protested at the close of banking hourd on the day on which they
fell due. 3d. That the draft having been returned to the bank on the morning of
the 26th, the day it matured, it was the duty of the bank to keep it at its counter
for payment till the close of business hours, and then to have it protested—and
that it was carelessness in them not to do so.
It was contended for the defendants—1st. That the bank and the Notary were
distinct agents, and that the bank by delivering the draft to the Notary relieved
themselves of all responsibility, and that the duty of protesting the draft at the
proper time devolved upon the Notary. 2d. That the jury could give no damages,
because there was evidence that Rinewalt, the acceptor, who was still liable on
the draft, was good for that amount. 3d. That if Rinewalt was not good, still
the plaintiffs could not recover, because they had not proved that the endorsers
and drawers, who were discharged by want of protest on the proper day, were
able to pay the debt had they not been discharged. It was further contended that
there being evidence that the drawers and acceptor were partners, the drawers
were not discharged, because they were not entitled to notice.
Washburn, J., instructed the jury that it was admitted that the draft was not
protested at the proper time, and that thereby the endorsers were discharged,
and also the drawers, unless they were partners of Rinewalt, and drew on part
nership account, but without funds in Rinewalt’s hands—that this was the result
of negligence somewhere—that it could not be charged upon the bank, if they
had given the draft to a proper Notary, at a proper time—but if they gave it to
him at such a time as to mislead him, and the effect was to mislead him, they
would be liable—that if the draft came back to them during the business hours
of the 26th, and they knew it matured on that day, which they were bound to
know, if it was in their possession, then their duty was to send it back to the
Notary, to be protested on that day—that, if they found the bank guilty of neg
ligence, then the plaintiffs were entitled to a verdict—that in making up the
amount of damage, they were to assess the actual damage the plaintiffs had sus
tained—that the question, whether the draft was now of any, and, if so, Vhat
value, was open for their consideration.
The jury found a verdict for the plaintiffs, and assessed damages at $539.
C. T . & T . H . R ussell for the plaintiffs.
the defendants.
C. G. L oring and Geo. W . Phillips for
COMMISSION MERCHANTS----ACTION OF ASSUMPSIT.
In the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts, before Judge Hubbard, an
action of assumpsit was brought by Upham, Appleton & Co., r. Robert Lefaror,
to recover a balance of $2,521 26, alleged to be due to the plaintiffs from the de
fendant, on the first day of October, 1844, the date of the writ. The plaintiffs are
commission merchants in Boston, and on the first day of May, 1844, they agreed
to advance money to the defendant, and to furnish him with their acceptances, to
enable him to purchase sheep-skins, upon an agreement to pull and consign the
wool to the plaintiffs for sale, upon a guaranty commission. In pursuance of this
agreement, the defendant made a large purchase of skins in Albany, in May,
1844, and drew for cash and on time upon the plaintiffs, who honored all his bills.
The cash advances were about $2,500, and the acceptances $1,700. When the
acceptances were maturing, the plaintiffs had not received the wool, and the de
fendant, having no means to enable them to take up their acceptances, proposed
to the plaintiffs to furnish new acceptances, which he would procure the money
upon, to enable them to provide for the first drafts. This was done, and soon
after the greater part of the wool was received by the plaintiffs, and some sales
were made. But the plaintiffs were then satisfied that they should not be reim
bursed from the sales of the wool, and in consequence demanded additional secu
Mercantile Law Cases.
355
rity of the defendant. This not being furnished, the plaintiffs stated their ac
count, so as to show the balance of cash advances then made by them, excluding
the outstanding acceptances, and brought the present action to recover this bal
ance, and attached property of the defendant. Soon after, the plaintiffs were com
pelled to take up their acceptances, before receiving any thing from the sales of
the wool, except a very small amount. The case now came before the court
upon the report of the auditor, to whom the same was referred, and the principal
facts appeared by that report, and the correspondence annexed to it.
The defendant contended that the sales of the wool should be credited by the
plaintiffs in the order of time in which they were received, and that being applied
in this way to the first items of indebtedness in the account, they had extinguish
ed the plaintiff’s cause of action. The plaintiffs, on the other hand, contended
that a commission merchant is authorized by law to apply the proceeds of the
consignment to pay any subsequent item charged against the consigner before
the proceeds are received, and to bring an action for any previous sums of money
advanced to the same consignment.
Hubbard, J., delivered the opinion of the court.
1. It is a well established principle in the law merchant, that a commission
merchant is bound to wait only a reasonable time for reimbursement of his ad
vances, and then, if the goods are not sold, he may call for payment, or further
security, and may sue for the amount due. The plaintiffs therefore had a good
cause of action, when the suit was brought.
2. The plaintiffs had a right to apply the proceeds of the goods, as they were
received, towards the discharge of the moneys paid for the defendant after the suit
brought, but paid prior to such receipts. This was an appropriation which the
plaintiffs had a right to make, in the absence of any direction from the defendant,
if he had had any right to control i t ; and the bringing the suit by them was evi
dence of such intended appropriation, coupled with the manner of stating and
separating their account. The plaintiffs by their attachment had added to their
security, and it is one of the rules of law, where other rules do not interfere, to
apply payments to the debt not secured either by property or by action.
Judgment for the plaintiffs for the whole amount claimed, deducting the sum of
$250 received before any acceptances had matured.
THE LA W OF PATENT— INJUNCTION IN TH E CASE OF ESSEX HOSIERY MANUFACTU
RING CO., V S . DORR MANUFACTURING CO.
In the United States Circuit Court, (at Boston,) before Judge Sprague. This
was a proceeding for an injunction, which came on for a hearing on the bill and
affidavits. The plaintiffs set up a patent for an improvement in the rotary power
stocking loom, issued to Richard Walker, December 5,1839, and which had come
to them by sundry intermediate assignments. The defendants had built and used
machines, according to the subsequent patent issued to the said Richard Walker
and Jefferson Mclntire, February 12, 1844, and which had been assigned to the
defendants. It was alleged that the machines built under the second patent, were
an infringment on the plaintiff’s rights. The case occupied the court for more
than a week.
Sprague, J., in delivering his opinion, said th at a prelim inary injunction should
only be issued for the purpose of preventing m ischief, and in aid of the legal right.
A judgment a t law , although the best evidence, w as not the only evidence of the
legal r ig h t; but, in its absence, the court would look more carefully into the c ir
cumstances of the case, and especially to the m ischief th a t m ight be produced by
granting a n injunction. T h e vigilance or acquiescence of the complainant, w ere
also circum stances requiring attention.
1. As to the point of mischief; the defendants had a manufacturing establish
ment, of more than $100,000 capital, and employing more than a hundred work
men. An injunction, by arresting their business, would produce great mischief,
for which, if the suit should terminate in their favor, there would be no remedy.
On the other hand, there was no doubt of their pecuniary ability to pay the dam
ages which should be awarded, in case the suit should be determined in favor of
356
Mercantile Law Cases.
the plaintiffs. And-the danger that others would follow the defendants’ example,
did not appear to be imminent.
2. As to the point of vigilance ; the plaintiffs had notice of the application for
the patent which the defendants hold, and resisted it. In the summer of 1844,
the agent of the holders of the first (the plaintiffs’) patent, saw a machine made
under the second patent publicly exhibited, and in February, 1845, saw one of
them in actual operation. The present suit was not brought until October.
There had, consequently, been some want of vigilance on the part of the plaintiffs,
not affecting their legal rights, but to be taken into view upon the application for
an injunction.
3. As to the evidence of the legal right; the strength of the plaintiffs’ exclusive
possession, as evidence of their exclusive right, depended upon the knowledge
which the public had of it, their interest to resist it, and the extent and duration
of their submission to it. This machine had been used by no one but the plain
tiffs and their predecessors; and an agent had been unsuccessful in attempting to
introduce it in England and Scotland.
His honor then reviewed the evidence as to the question whether the plaintiffs’
patent had been infringed by the defendants, and said that, without expressing an
opinion further than it was necessary to dispose of the question before him, he
considered that the plaintiffs’ right, so far as the acts of the defendants might af
fect it, was left in too much doubt to authorize a preliminary injunction, under
the circumstances of the present case. He therefore refused to grant the injunc
tion, but ordered that the defendants keep an account, to be forthcoming on the
trial of the action at law now pending between the parties.
ACTION TO RECOVER DAMAGE FOR INJURY DONE MERCHANDISE ON SHIP-BOARD.
In the Supreme Court, (New York city,) February 9th, 1846, before Judge
Oakley, an action was brought by L. L. Palmieri, v. Frederick Schucharett and
F. W. Favre, to recover damages for injury done to sugar, on board the defen
dants’ ship, qfter she had arrived in this port, from leaking. Several witnesses
proved that the vessel had not been examined or pumped for two or three days
after her arrival, an(J that several inches of water got into the hold, which would
most probably not have been the case, had the vessel been pumped every day.
The court charged the jury, that if the sugar was injured before the vessel got
into port, then the owners were not responsible, as they were not insurers of the
goods ; but if the sugar was injured by water getting into the vessel after she
arrived at the dock, then the owners of the ship were responsible for it.
Verdict for plaintiff for amount claimed, $2,170 42.
ACTION TO RECOVER VALUE OF MERCHANDISE DEPOSITED IN A PUBLIC YARD.
In the Supreme Court, Judge Oakley presiding, (New York, February 25th,
an action was brought by Heron, Lees & Co., u. John Ryker, Jr., and
Varick & Trowbridge, to recover for the value of pork deposited in the public
yard of Ryker, who was inspector of beef and pork, which, it was alleged, he de
livered to the order of the other two defendants. It was proved that the plaintiffs
deposited the pork in Ryker’s yard, and it was also shown that certain pork was
delivered to the order of the other two defendants, who had also pork in the same
yard, but it was not clearly shown that the pork so delivered was part of that de
posited there by the plaintiffs.
The court charged the jury, that as to Ryker, the case was clear, and there
could be no doubt of his being responsible for the pork deposited in his yard by
the plaintiffs. If Varick & Trowbridge, being apprised of the fact that they had
no pork in the yard, received from it the property of the plaintiffs, then they were
responsible for it. But if they had pork there, and Ryker chose to deliver to
them other pork than their own, it was his fault, and he only was responsible for
it. There was reason to believe that it was the practice in those pork yards to
put all the different lots of pork together, without distinction, and when the own
ers applied for it, to deliver it to them without inquiring whose pork it really
1846,)
Commercial Chronicle and Review.
357
was; on the ground that all the pork in the yard was of the same quality, and
therefore it was unimportant to distinguish each individual’s parcel. This, how
ever, was a mistaken notion on the part of keepers of pork yards. It is their
duty to keep each parcel separate, and if they mix them up, they do it at their
own responsibility. If the pork of plaintiffs was not there when called for, Ryker
is responsible for it. Verdict for plaintiffs against Ryker $2,185, and the other
two defendants acquitted.
COMMERCIAL CHRONICLE AND REVIEW.
PRESENT STATE OF THE COMMERCIAL WORLD— PROBABLE CHANGES ABOUT TO TAKE PLACE—
PROPOSED REDUCTION OF TAXES ON VARIOUS ARTICLES OF ERITISH INDUSTRY IMPORTED INTO
THIS COUNTRY--- GOODS IMPORTED INTO THE UNITED STATES, THE AMOUNT OF DUTY PAID, THE
RATE PER CENT OF THAT DUTY AND THE PROPOSED DUTY--- QUANTITIES AND VALUES OF SUN
DRY IMPORTED ARTICLES COMPARED, FOR THREE YEARS— AD VALOREM RATE OF SPECIFIC DUTIES
IN EACH YEAR— BANKS OF THE UNITED STATES, AND ANNUAL IMPORTS— IMPORT FROM, AND
EXPORTS TO, ENGLAND----BRITISH DUTIES AT FOUR PERIODS, VIZ:
AND
1846---A GENERAL VIEW
1840, 1842-44, 1844-45,
OF THE IMPORTANT CHANGES ABOUT TO TAKE PLACE IN COM
MERCIAL AFFAIRS, AND THEIR PROBABLE RESULTS— THE STATE DEBT OF MARYLAND, INDIANA, *
MICHIGAN, MISSISSIPPI, PENNSYLVANIA, ETC., ETC.
T he commercial crisis which has gradually been drawing to an issue since the peace
of 1815, is now apparently at hand, and great innovations upon long established usages,
received opinions, and time-honored prejudices, are about to take place. The vast
trade carried on between the United States and Great Britain, hitherto on principles
nearly prohibitory, is suddenly to be placed upon a basis allied to free trade, on both sides
of the Atlantic. Thus, of $117,254,564 imported into the United States in 1845,
$49,903,725 came from Great Britain, at duties ranging from 40 a 46 per cent on the
leading articles. It is now proposed to charge but 20 a 25 per cent on these articles,
thus reducing by one-half the taxes on those articles of British industry which were largely
imported under a high tax, but which necessarily must, at some rate, come into the coun
try in return for cotton and other produce sold to her. This relaxation it is proposed shall
take effect October 1st, or after the fall imports shall have been made, thus subjecting the
southern buyers for the fall trade to a high tax, from which the later western trade may be
exempt. The certainty that the duty would be removed in October, would probably have
the effect of retarding the fall imports to a much later period than usual, and by so doing
derange the customary course of trade, and make goods in the early fall scarce and high ;
whereas, if the bill takes effect immediately, as did the tariff of 1842, the fall goods
would enjoy the benefit of the relaxation, and an over-movement in consequence of the
reduced tax would probably be kept in check by the operation of the specie clause of
the Independent Treasury Bill, which, introduced into the House as an amendment, pro
vides for the collection of all dues to the government, after June, 1846, in gold and silver
only, a provision which will operate powerfully against excessive imports. The new bill
does not provide for any transfer of funds from present depositories, but simply for the
payment into the treasury of those dues which may accrue, in gold and silver, and for
the checking of the funds out of present depositories as the wants of the government
may require. This will doubtless produce a great change in financial operations, but it
will act as a preventative to those evils which are apprehended from low duties. The
following table of goods imported into the United States, the amount of duty paid, the
rate per cent of that duty, and the proposed duty, is indicative of the radical extent of the
change.
358
GOODS IMPORTED INTO THE UNITED STATES, WITH THE DUTIES PAID.
1841.
Quantities.
5,454,577
41,163
77,461
315,157
125,081
36,269
7,083,013
69,534,331
129,536,523
215,038
586,360
Total specific,.............
A d V a lo r em D d iy .
W ool,....................................
Wool over 7 cents,..............
Woollen cloths,__ value in dollars
Worsted,................................
Cottons, dyed,................. ...
“
white,.. .................
“
hose,....... value in dollars
Linen,...............................
Apparel,...............................
Straw hats,...........................
Earthenware,.........
Hat-fur,..................
Other ad valorem,...............
Total ad valorem,.......
Duty.
$436,366
72,035
34,857
393,946
106,318
72,538
212,490
1,738,358
582,914
537,595
436,325
1,764,705
1844.
P.ct.
61
62
72
77
33
32
77
72
51
31
180
Quantities.
8,243,139
87,073
298,880
757,824
236,451
50,752
8,492,456
179,857,491
249,428,872
634,426
1,409,905
$6,390,419
3,332,654
184,446
1,356,628
456,051
6.339,636
2,497,240
307,243
1,202,772
114,493
270,620
534,051
87,702
$9,517
21,941
542,651
136,815
570,597
149,834
92,172
300,693
44,797
94,717
160,215
21,925
2,006,842
$4,153,686
Duty.
$659,451
152,377
134,496
947,280
200,983
101,501
254,773
4,496,437
1,122,429
1,586,065
1,171,495
4,704,518
1845.
P.ct.
72
64
67
80
35
39
80
66
40
25
150
Quantities.
8,543,527
85,756
550,209
1,023,772
363,530
28,155
7,573,897
111,957,404
201,311,364
763,285
1,978,836
$14,531,808
5
40
40
30
43
50
30
25
40
35
30
25
13,808,645
199,763
4,777,940
1,835,875
28,599,795
9,071,760
1,121,460
3,703,532
864,034
713,843
1,512,642
519,893
$37,722
35,078
1,911,186
550,762
2,573,981
544,305
336,438
925,803
345,613
249,719
456,492
129,973
6,522,186
$14,449,348
5
30
40
30
44
46
30
25
40
35
30
25
23,382,097
450,943
5,411,850
1,938,109
25,027,699
11,262,418
1,326,631
4,298,224
1,105,796
712,923
2,187,259
465,739
Duty.
$683,482
150,108
247,594
1,279,715
309,000
56,310
227,216
2,798,935
905,901
1,908,657
1,635,434
2,338,385
P. ct.
76
67
49
75
36
39
43
61
29
24
170
$14,540,737
42
$77,689
54,329
2,164,740
581,432
2,252,492
675,745
397,989
1,074,556
442,318
249,523
656,177
116,434
7,533,693
30
40
30
44
47
30
25
40
35
20
25
$16,278,117
27
5
Free.
20
30
30
30
20
20
30
30
25
75
20
20
25
25
20
20
20
20
30
20
20
20
Commercial Chronicle and Review,
Articles.—(Specific duty.)
Salt,........................................
Coal, .....................................
Iron, pig,..............................
Iron, bar, rolled,..................
<(
u
H e m p ,..................................
Raisins,..................................
Sugar,....................................
Molasses...............................
Silk goods,................ ..........
Spirits,...................................
Other specific,......................
359
Commercial Chronicle and Review.
The change is here marked and g re at; but it is in fact the same step forward in com
mercial liberality of legislation that was taken backward in 1842. The table embraces
the complete operation of the present tariff, and it is observable, that its operation has not
been to check the import of goods permanently. The effect evidently, in the first year
of its operation, was to check imports ; but the scarcity then produced by the small im
ports, advanced the prices, which were supported by the large imports of specie, that
■again became the basis of an extended banking movement. When, by an accumulation
of specie, the banks become more liberal in their loans, it affords to city dealers not only
the means of buying more freely, but of becoming more liberal in the credits they grant
to shopkeepers in the interior; prices advance, and the imports increase, notwithstanding
the high duty. In the tables accompanying the treasury report, the evidence is conclusive
that imports have increased, paying the same duty, accompanied by a rise in the foreign
cost, as, for instance, in the article of bar and pig iron. W e may compare the quantities
and values imported of some of those articles that pay the highest specific duties.
Articles
Sugar,..........
S ilk s ,........
Iron, b a r ,.. . cwts.
Iron, pig,__
Salt............. .bush.
C o al,..........
M olasses,.. ■galls.
1843.
1844.
1845.
V alue. Price.
Q uantity. V alue. Price.
V alue. Price. Q ’ntity.
59,534.331 $2 426,011
3* 111,957,404 $4,556,392 4.
31 179,857,491 $6,793,540
7,791
285 10.25
215,038 1,719.616 7.48
763.463
634,426 6,208,239 i.75
315,157
511.282 1.60
1,023,772 1,691,748 1.65
757,824 1,065,582 .46
506,291
.92
298,880
200,522
550,209
77,461
48,251 .62£
.67
8,543,527
898.663 .10*
5,454,577
911,512 .11
710.489 .13
8,243,139
223.919
2.60
41,163
2.72
85,756
116,312 2.82
87,073
236,963
12,685,128 1,134,820
9 22,675,352 2,833,753 .12 18,301,036 3,154,782 .17$
In all these cases there is an increase in the quantities imported; but the enhanced cost,
arising from short crops in the case of sugar and molasses, and from the enhanced fo
reign consumption in other cases, has reduced the ad valorem rates of the specific duties
as follows:
AD VALOREM RATE OF SPECIFIC DUTIES IN EACH YEAR.
M olasses.
Years.
Sugar.
C o il.
Silk.
B ar iron.
Pig iron.
Salt.
51.36
1843,...
31.26
61.93
71.65
77.05
72.24
61.42
39.61
1844,...
66.18
25.54
88.89
64.30
67.07
72.35
28.71
67.03
1845,...
61.42
24.49
75.64
48.90
76.05
As a general result, however, the increase of revenue arose from an increased import of
those goods which pay the least duties. If now we compare the imports of the last three
years with the leading features of about 700 banks of the United States, on or about the
1st of January, of each of the last three years, as compiled at the Treasury department,
we shall have results as follows:
BANKS OF THE UNITED STATES, AND ANNUAL IMPORTS.
I m p o r ts .
Yr. No. bks. Deposits. C irculation.
Specie.
1843, 691 $56,168,623 $58,563,608 $33,515,806
1844, 698
84,550,785
75,167,646 49,898,269
1845, 707
88,020,646
89,608,711 44,241,242
Loans.
$254,544,937
264,905,814
288,617,131
F ree.
D utiable.
T otal.
$13,254,249 $29,179,215 $42,433,464
18,936,452
83,668,054 102,604,506
18,047,598
95,106,724 113,154,312
The currency, as furnished by the banks, has increased steadily, until it reached, in
1845, 60 per cent more than in 1843. The returns for the banks are near January in
each year, and the fiscal year ends with the June following, so that the position of the
banks is taken at the middle of each fiscal year. In this movement of the banks we have
the cause of the enhanced import under the same duties. It is observable that the value
of the imports into the United States scarcely reaches the value of American produce sold
abroad. The cotton, tobacco, and raw material which England is compelled to buy,
must be paid for, otherwise the United States loses its labor. In 1843, near $23,000,000
came back in specie ; that specie, in the hands of the banks, created the expansion which
the above table evinces, and by so doing, apparently caused prices here to advance, to an
extent sufficient to permit those goods to be imported under a tariff which was prohibitory,
in connection with the dear currency of 1843. In consequence of the advance in prices,
360
Commercial Chronicle and Review.
dutiable goods have taken the place of specie as a remittance to the United States in
payment of,produce. This progressive movement became, however, checked with the
close of 1845; and the duties of the first six months of 1846, are less by $2,011,000 than
the corresponding period of 1845. England has uniformly had a large balance against
her, as follows:
IMPORTS FROM, AND EXPORTS TO ENGLAND.
1841
1844.
1841
Import from............................
Export to,..............................
$38,613,043
52,306,650
1841.
$28,978,582
46,901,835
$45,459,122
61,721,876
$49,903,725
61,044,535
Excess of Exports,...............
$13,693,607
$17,923,253
$16,262,754
$11,140,810
These imports include specie, of which $14,000,000 were included in the 28 millions
imported from England in 1843. For the remainder, England accepts and pays bills on
American account, from all quarters of the W'orld. In the face of this state of aifairs, she
now has removed the duty on American farm produce, by w'hieh means her purchases
from us may be doubled in a few years. The great change here marked out in the im
port trade from Great Britain, is to be met by a much greater revolution in the basis upon
which American produce will be admitted into Great Britain. The whole exports of do
mestic produce from the United States, in 1845, was $99,299,776, of which amount
$61,044,535 was sent to Great Britain and dependencies. The larger proportion of this
export was raw cotton, on which England charged a duty of 2s. l id . per cwt. until last
year, when it was added to the list of free articles. Up to 1842, most of the other arti
cles of American produce were nearly or quite prohibited by onerous duties. T he relax
ation which took place in 1842, upon most articles of the produce of the western states
of America, caused a large trade to spring up in articles before excluded, and the exports
of farm produce are now rapidly overtaking that of cotton. The exports were as follows:
1841.
1845.
Rice,...................................................
Flour....................
Pork, &c........................ ;..................
Beef, & c.,...........................................
Butter and cheese,............................
$1,625,726
3,763,073
2,120,020
1,092,949
508,968
Total,................
Cotton,.................................................
$9,110,736
49,119,806
$2,160,456
5,398,593
2,991,284
1,926,809 *
878,861
$13,356,002
51,739,643
Increase.
$534,730
1,635,520
871,264
833,960
369,897
$4,245,266
2,619,837
In addition to these articles, on which a reduction of duty has taken place, grain, as
well as a long list of articles not heretofore exported from the United States to England,
can now find sale there. The following table shows the vast change which has in a few
years taken place, in relation to the duties upon foreign produce admitted into England:
BRITISH DUTIES AT FOUR PERIODS.
1840.
8. d.
18 0
15 0
8 11 0
21 10 0
3 4
12 0
12 0
3 0
1 0 0
1 0
8 0
1 0
£
Barley, pearl,...........
Rice,........................
Hops,.........................
Cider,........................
Oil-cakes,.................
Beef, salt,.................
Pork, salt,.................
Lard and oil,...........
Clover-seed,...........
Flax and hemp,....... ............. qrM ustard,..................
Rape,.........................
1842
s.
5
6
4 10
10 10
1
8
8
2
10
0
1
0
£
4.
d.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
1
1844-5.
s. d.
5 0
6 0
4 10 0
10 10 0
Free.
8 0
8 0
Free.
10 0
Free.
1 3
Free.
£
1846.
s. d.
2 6
1 0
2 5 0
5 5 0
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
5 0
Free.
1 3
Free.
£
361
Commercial Chronicle and Review.
BRITISH DUTIES AT FOUR PERIODS— CONTINUED.
1840.
£ s. d.
Linseed,...................
Staves,......................
Lead,....v..................
Bark,........................
Oil, all vegetable,....
Oil, whale,...............
W ax,........................
Skins and f u r s , . ... .. .per cent
Hides,.......................
Boots and shoes,.... •doz. pairs
“
men’s,.............
Cotton-yarn,............
Flax and hemp,......
Wool, sheep’s, under Is. per lb.,
<(
“
over
Cotton,......................
Crown glass,............
Cordage,...................
Hemp, dressed,.......
Pitch,.........................
Rosin,........................
T ar,...per 12 bhls. of 314 galls.
Turpentine,..............
Coffee,...................... ............. lb.
Bladders,..................
Bulrushes,..............
Feathers,...................
Grease,.....................
Butter,.......................
Cheese,.....................
Candles, tallow,.......
Tallow,...................
Indian corn,.............
Hams,.......................
1842-4.
£ S . d.
1 0
0 1
1 8 0
1 8 0
2 0 0
1 0 0 20 0 0 20 0 0
39 18 0
6 0 0
26 12 0
6 0 0
1 10 0
2 0
20 0 0
5 0 0
4 8
0 6
1 10 0
12 0
2 14 0
1 8 0
10 0 0 10 0 0
1
0
0 1
0 04
0 04
l
0
0
i
2
n
8 6 8
10 9
4 15 0
0 10
4 9
15
1 6
1
0
12
2 4
1
20
10
10
0
2
3
6
0
0
8
0
6
0
3 2
0
10
14 0
2
li
1 10 0
6 0
4 0
0 6
2 0
2 6
1 0
0 8
0 3
10 0
1 0 0
1 8
20 0
10 6
10 0
3 2
10 0
14 0
1844-5.
£ s. d.
1846.
£ s. d.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
1 0 0
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
12 0
1 8 0
Free.
Free.
o 04
0 1
Free.
15 per c t
6 0
1 0 0
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
6 0
14 0
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.-
6 0
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
Free.
0 8
20 0
10 6
10 0
3 2
10 0
14 0
0 8
10 0
5 0
5 0
1 6
1 0
7 0
Of 46 articles, the produce of American industry, which were taxed nearly to prohibi
tion in 1840, 28 are now absolutely free, and the remainder pay comparatively nominal
duties. Perhaps the most remarkable change is in the tax on whale oil. From a duty of
.£26, or $150 the tun, it is now free. W hen we consider the care and pertinacity with
which England has heretofore watched her shipping interest, with a view to the increase
of her navy, and reflect how great a nursery for the growth of seamen is the whale fishery,
we become struck with the extraordinary abandonment of all duty upon that article, al
lowing the free competition of the American whalers with those of Britain, in the Eng
lish markets, for the sale of their oil. It is true that American enterprise, skill, and en
ergy, have long monopolized the fisheries of the Pacific ocean, to the exclusion of all
other nations, and we have now, as it were, a distinct admission from the English gov
ernment of their dependence upon American whalers for an adequate supply of oil.
The necessity of this supply at a cheap rate, is referred to the wants of the manufacturers,
and the large quantities used for machines, &c. Nearly the whole of the above list of
articles, if we except cotton and rice, are comparatively new articles of trade between
the United States and England. Sole leather can be sent to advantage, and perhaps Lynnmade boots and shoes can soon rival, in the large manufacturing towns of England, those
of British origin. Wool has already become an important article of export to England,
and the increasing production here, and falling prices, make the enlarged market a
matter of primary importance to our western farmers.
362
Commercial Chronicle and Review.
W e have thus far touched upon the important features of the great change about to
take place for good or for evil in the basis of commercial intercourse between two of the
greatest commercial nations of modern times. The magnitude of the revolution, and the
numerous and peaceful elements it calls into action, involving the social and political re.
lations of two vast empires, may well cause the prudent merchant to pause, and the cau
tious banker to hesitate in his enterprises, until the new order of things shall have as
sumed form and feature, the new channels of trade become familiar to dealers, and former
currents of the application of capital, if altered by new influences, dried up. T hat capi
tal employed in many branches of industry will have to sustain severe competition from
without, there is no doubt; and it will also come to be true, in this union of the material
interests of England to those of the United States, that large capitals from abroad will be
applied to the development of great natural wealth now lying dormant for the want of that
capital. England has, of late years, for the want of sufficient means of employing her vast
capital within her own pent-up island, been the banker or money-lender to the world.
She has taken state promises and mortgages when she could get them, wherever civiliza
tion had formed communities, and existent industry gave hope of receiving back the loan
with a round interest. By such a means, all countries became tributaries of their surplus
earnings to swell the overgrown wealth of England, and the continuance of it would have
made Ireland but a type of England’s debtors. T hat system is drawing to a close, and
instead of being loaned, capital will leave England for positive and permanent investment
in those countries where liberty and sound laws afford scope for the prosecution of indus
try. This disposition has been checked of late years by the operation of the untoward
results of former extravagance. The failure of the banks of the Union, followed neces
sarily by the dishonor of sovereign states, the bankrupt act, which barred the way to the
collection of individual accounts, the stop and stay laws of many states, which sought to
make landed property exempt from the demands of just creditors, and also the operation
of usury laws, called into action by the revulsion which followed the contracts that in
fringed the laws, have all operated to impress practically upon the owners of capital in E u
rope, and upon those large houses who are, as it were, the reservoirs where such surplus
capital is collected for employ, the idea of insecurity attached to moneyed transactions in
these United States. These causes for distrust operate to an extent probably as great as
fears of hostility, to prevent the free flow of funds from abroad into this country. *In
1831-2, money in London became cheaper than in the rest of the large cities of the
world, and at such a time the government of England entered upon the project of making
a loan of some £15,000,000 for the emancipation of the blacks of the West Indies.
This large sum the government sought, by allowing a discount on prompt payment, to
procure the payment of in a few months; and the bank of England, to aid the govern
ment in that attempt, made loans with a freedom that it had never before manifested.
Money became exceedingly cheap; and, as high confidence in foreign securities was then
universally entertained, there existed no reason why the cheap money of England should
not find its way to all countries where it was more valuable. T hat it did so in the case
of the United States, the revulsion of 1836-7, and the large debts of all, and subsequent
repudiation of some of the states, are melancholy evidences. Since then, steam, the
great leveller, has brought the coffers of London within less than half the distance of
the enterprise and industry of the United States, yet we have seen money in London for
years at 1J a 2 per cent per annum, and in New York, contemporaneously, 6 a 7 per cent
per annum. Money which could not be employed in London at 2 per cent, could find
ample security at a distance of 16 days, at 7 per cent per annum. W hy this great dis
parity in price? No other article, neither cotton, flour, tobacco, nor any product of in
dustry, could, for any length of time, exhibit such a disparity in value between places so
near. Money, however, avoids places where it incurs risks so great as those which it
*
Commercial Chronicle and Review.
363
has unfortunately encountered upon this continent during the last few years. The back
wardness of many of the states in making arrangements for the discharge of their debts,
is a serious drawback on any disposition that might exist to renew confidence. The last
legislature of Maryland, more particularly, has exerted a most unfavorable influence.
Both the governor and the treasurer of that state pointed out in a clear manner the means
by which a speedy resumption of the dividends upon the state debt might be effected.
The existing taxation, with the improved revenues of the public works, would, by funding
the arrearage interest, $1,200,000, due in July next, afford ample means to pay the
whole annual charge, and leave a surplus to constitute a sinking fund. A bill to effect
this was deliberately voted down, and another proposition to fix upon April, 1847, as the
time of resumption, and authorizing the treasurer to sell the stocks owned by the state to
effect it, after having passed the House of Delegates, was lost in the Senate, being a
most deliberate refusal to appropriate available means to the payment of a just debt.
Such a movement at this late day, coming from the Upper House of a state like Mary
land, is anything but flattering to the national pride. The bill passed by the state of In
diana for the completion of her great canal, the Wabash and Erie, has not been accepted
as yet by the bondholders; and, as it involves an objectionable principle, it may not be
successful. This feature is, that the bondholders should surrender one-half of their
bonds, and release the state faith from their payment, looking only to the success of the
canal as a means of payment. The adoption of this, would be the first instance where
creditors have formally acknowledged the bankruptcy of a sovereign state, and admitted
a compromise. Michigan has passed through the Lower House a law by which a num
ber of Boston gentlemen are incorporated as the “ Michigan Central Railroad Company,”
with liberty to purchase the Central Railroad of the state for $2,000,000, payment to be
made in the evidences of state indebtedness, including the bonds of the $5,000,000 loan,
at the rate at which the state received payment on them.
The governor of the state of Mississippi also pointed the means by which ample funds
for the resumption of the dividends on the Planters’ bonds, so called, might be realized.
The legislature has, however, failed to realize the expectations raised in the public mind
by the message of the executive. The new-fledged confidence in the state of Pennsyl
vania has been somewhat chilled by the consequences of the great freshets, caused by the
sudden and rapid thaw which set in, and did serious damage to the public works, involv
ing not only great expenditures for repairs, but interrupting the navigation, by which
means not only may the disbursements be enlarged, but the income diminished at that
season of the year when the payment of the August dividends depends to a considerable
extent upon the receipts. Up to this time, the extent of the damage has not been correctly
ascertained, and the rumors may have greatly exaggerated the injuries. These events,
added to the continued uncertainty in relation to political affairs, have had an injurious effect
upon stocks. Considerable sums have been sent hither for sale from Europe, and among
them even New York stocks. All apprehension of difficulty growing directly out of the
Oregon matter has indeed subsided on this side of the Atlantic, but the Liverpool cotton
market was, according to the accounts brought by the steamer of March 4, influenced to
an advance by the advices of the Patrick Henry, which announced the rejection of ar
bitration. The military preparations of England continue on an extensive scale, and
seemingly point to the progress of affairs in the Gulf of Mexico, as well as possible contin
gencies in France. The unfortunate condition of Mexico is such as to keep open the
prospect of long-continued uneasiness on her account.
364
Commercial Statistics.
COMMERCIAL
STATISTICS.
«
VALUE OF N E W Y O RK ST A T E STOCKS,
PRESENT VALUE, AT THE FOLLOWING PERIODS IN 1846, OF NEW YORK STATE STOCKS, TO REALIZE
5 PER CENT INTEREST ON THE INVESTMENT— PREPARED EXPRESSLY FOR THE MERCHANTS’
MAGAZINE, EY J. F. ENTZ.
I n V 's t ■R e d 'm a b le .
A u g . 1.
S e p . 1.
P a y a b le .
M a r c h 1. A p r i l 1.
M a y 1.
J u l y 1.
J u n e 1.
7 J u ly , 1848.
Q ’rterly.
104.30
104.73
105.62
105.18
103.85
104.30
104.74
“
1849.
106.08
106.52
106.07
106.95
105.64
107.38
106.51
“
6 Ja n .
, 1851.
104.99
105.41
105.20
104.13
104.56
104.33
104.76
6 Ju ly , 1852.
106.
Hf. y’ly.
106.37
107.69
105.13
105.56
106.81
107.25
6
1854.
107.66
107.21
O ’rterly.
108.
106.93
107.37
107.82
106.77
6
“
1860.
110.82
111.28
111.53
110.36
110.47
110.93
110.40
6 Jan .
, 1861.
111.53
111.40
111.07
111.78
110.73
111.19
110.61
6 Aug. , 1861.
111.43
110.97
H f. y’ly.
111.66
113.05
11051
112.12
112.58
6 Sept. , 1861.
111.86
0,’rterly.
112.11
111.40
111.98
110.92
111.05
111.51
6 Oct.
, 1861.
111.43
111.89
112.14
111.08
111.54
112.01
110.95
ii
6 Ja n .
, 1862.
112.02
111.56
112.13
111.10
112.26
111.20
111.67
“
6 J u ly , 1862.
112.26
111.79
111.33
112.49
111.44
111.90
112.37
“
6
1867.
113.85
Hf. y’ly.
113.38
114.02
114.49
114.96
115.44
112.91
5i
“
1860.
106.21
105.77
O ’rterly.
106.26
106.34
105.39
105.82
105.33
1,
1860.
105.88
Hf.
y
’ly.
105.44
107.32
105.01
5 b Aug.
106.01
106.44
106.88
5 | Oct.
106.27
, I860.
105.83
0,’rterly.
105.39
106.40
105 45
105.89
106.33
54 Ja n .
, 1861.
105.55
105.98
Hf. y ’Jy.
105.11
106.11
106.54
107.42
106.98
1861.
105.90
106.34
0 ,’rterly.
105.46
106.47
105 52
105.96
106.40
, “
5 i April , 1861.
106.40
105.96
105.52
106.53
105.58
106.02
106.46
July- , 1861.
“
106.47
106.03
105.59
105.65
106.53
106.60
106.09
“
54 Ja n .
, 1865.
106.85
107.29
106.41
107.40
106.45
106.89
107.34
“
5 | J u ly
107.40
, 1865.
106.51
106.95
107.44
107.50
106.55
106.99
106.97
1865.
Hf. y ’ly.
106.09
106.52
107.51
108.39
107.06
107.95
54
“
5 Ja n .
100.88
, 1848.
Q ’rterly.
100.05
100.46
100.89
100.88
100.05
100.46
5 Ju ly
100.92
, 1849.
100.50
100.93
100.92
100.09
100.09
100.50
(<
5 Aug. 1, 1850.
100.94
100.52
100.11
100.94
100.11
100.95
100.52
“
5 Ja n . 1, 1851.
100.96
100.13
100.54
100.96
100.97
100.13
100 54
“
100.97
5 April , 1851.
100.54
100.97
100.13
100.14
100.55
100.98
5 Jan .
101.02
1854.
100.19
100.61
101.03
101.03
100.19
100.61
“
5 Ju ly
, 1856.
101.08
100.24
100.66
101.08
101.09
100.25
100.66
5
“
“
1858.
101.12
100.28
100.70
10M 3
100.70
101.12
100.28
«(
5
1859.
101.13
100.29
100.71
101.14
101.13
100.29
100.71
“
5
1860.
101.15
100.31
100.31
100.73
101.16
100.73
101.14
“
5 Jan.
, 1861.
101.16
100.32
100.74
101.15
101.17
100.32
100.74
5 Ju n e , 1862.
101.18
100.34
100.76
101.19
101.17
100.34
100.76
“
99.32
, 1850.
98.50
98.91
44 Ja n .
99.13
98.40
99.22
98.81
“
“
1859.
9645
95.65
96.05
96.33
96.38
44
95.58
95.98
<c
96.33
, 1859.
95.53
95.93
96.20
96.26
44 J u ly
95.46
95.86
96.27
95.47
95.87
96.14
95.40
95.80
96.20
44 ©ct. , 1859.
41 Dec. 31, 1863.
95.32
94.93
94.54
95.23
94.48
94.87
95.27
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
1
1
1
1
1
N. B.—A purchase at the above rates will produce 5 per cent on the amount laid out,
until redemption. The interest accrued since the last payment is included in the above
values. The quarterly stocks are, dividend off, on the 1st of April and 1st of July—the
semi-annual, 1st July.
VALUE OF N E W YORK C IT Y STOCKS.
PRESENT VALUE OF NEW YORK CITY STOCKS, AT THE FOLLOWING PERIODS IN
5 PER CENT ON THE INVESTMENT.
I n V s t . R e d 'm a b le .
P a y a b le .
M a r c h 1. A p r i l 1.
M a y 1.
J u n e 1.
J u l y 1.
7 Feb. 1, 1847.
Q.’rterly.
102.39
102.82
101.47
101.90
102.32
“
“
1852.
7
110.94
111.40
110.09
110.55
111.01
<<
7 Aug. 1, 1852.
112.15
111.68
110.84
111.30
111.77
a
7 Feb. 1, 1857.
117.62
118.11
11682
117.31
117.80
“
5 Ja n . 1, 1850.
100.53
100.94
100.10
100.51
100.93
t<
5 Aug. 1,1850.
100.95
100.54
100.11
100.52
100.94
5 Ja n . 16, 1851.
H f. y ’ly.
100.42
100.83
101.25
101.67
102.08
5 M ay 6, 1856.
d ’rterly.
100.23
100.66
101.07
10065
101.06
5 M ay 10, 1868.
H f. y ’ly.
100.42
100.83
101.25
101.67
102.08
5 Ja n . 1, 1858.
Q.’rterly.
100.70
101.12
100.27
100.69
101.10
“
5
1860.
100.73
101.15
100.30
100.72
101.14
“
5 Nov. 1, 1870.
100.85
101.27
100.43
100.85
101.26
u
5
1880.
“
100.93
101.35
100.51
100.93
101.35
1846,
TO REALIZE
1.
101.
109.72
110.48
116.54
100.10
100.11
100.
100.23
100.
100.27
100.30
100.42
100.51
Aug.
1101.42
110.18
110.94
117.02
100.51
100.52
100.42
100.65
100.42
100.69
100.72
100.84
100.93
Sep .
N. B.—The quarterly stocks are, dividend off, on the 1st of May and 1st of August.
The semi-ann.
“
“
“
1st of August.
Commercial Statistics.
365
COMMERCE O F T H E U N ITE D ST A T E S W IT H T H E W ORLD.
We have compiled, from the report of the Secretary of the Treasury, the following
tabular statement of the value of the export and import trade of the United States with
the various countries and powers with which we have commercial intercourse, for the
last 25 years :—
'
A S tatem ent
,
O f the Value o f Articles imported into, and exported from, the United States, desig
nating the countries from which received, and to which the same were exported, from
1821 to 1845, inclusive.
Years.
GR. BRITAIN AND DEPEND.
Imported from.
Exported to.
1821,
1822,
1823,
1824,
1825,
1826,
1827,
1828,
1829,
1830,
1831,
1832,
1833,
1834,
1835,
1836,
1837,
1838,
1839,
1840,
1841,
1842,
1843,
1844,
1845,
$29,277,938 $26,522,572 $5,900,581 $6,474,718 $9,653,728 $7,209,275
39,537,829
30,041,337
7,059,342
7,075,332 12,376,841
8,438,212
27,571,060
6,605,343
34,072,578
9,568,924 14,233,590 10,963,398
32,750,340
28,027,845
9,907,412 10,552,304 15,857,007 15,367,278
42,394,812
44,217,525 11,835,581 11,891,326
5,921,549
9,566,237
32,212,356
28,980,019
9,588,896 12,106,429
9,623,420
6,687,351
33,056,374
32,870,465
9,448,562 13,565,356
9,100,369
7,321,991
35,591,484
27,020,209 10,287,505 12,098,341
8,167,546
7,204,627
27,582,082
28,071,084
9,616,970 12,832,304
6,801,374
6,888,094
26,804,984
31,647,881
8,240,885 11,806,238
8,373,681
6,049,051
47,956,717
39,901,379 14,737,585
9,882,679 11,701,201
5,661,420
37,268,556 12,754,615 13,244,698 10,863,290
42,406,924
6,399,183
39,881,486 13,962,913 14,424,533 13,431,207
43,085,865
6,506,041
50,797,650
17,557,245
16,111,442
52,679,298
13,527,464
6,296,556
65,949,307
60,107,134 23,362,584 20,335,066 15,617,140
7,069,279
86,022,915
64,487,550 37,036,235 21,441,200 19,345,690
8,081,668
52,289,557
61,218,813 22,497,817 20,255,346 18,927,871
7,604,002
58,843,392 18,087,149 16,252,413 15,971,394
49,051,181
7,684,006
71,600,351
68,169,082 33,234,119 18,924,413 19,276,795
7,724,429
39,130,921
70,420,846 17,908,127 22,349,154 14,019,647
7,617,347
51,099,638
62,376,402 24,187,444 22,235,575 16,316,303
7,181,409
52,306,650 17,223,390 18,738,860 12,176,588
38,613,043
6,323,295
28,978,582
46,901,835
7,836,137 12,472,453
6,980,504
3,953,694
61,721,876 17,952,412 16,133,436 13,775,451
45,459,122
6,751,811
49,903,725
61,044,535 22,069,914 16,143,994 10,590,544
7,790,442
FRANCE AND DEPENDENCIES. SPAIN AND DEPENDENCIES.
Im ported from. Exported to. Im ported from. Exported to.
Years.
NETHERLANDS AND DEPEND.
Im ported from.
Exported to.
S tatem en t—
1821,
1822,
1823,
1824,
1825,
1826,
1827,
1828,
1829,
1830,
1831,
1832,
1833,
1834,
1835,
1836,
1837,
1838,
1839,
1840,
1841,
1842,
1843,
1844,
1845,
$2,934,272
2,708,162
2,125,587
2,355,525
2,265,378
2,174,181
1,722,070
1,990,431
1,617,334
1,356,765
1,653,031
2,358,474
2,347,343
2,127,886
2,903,718
3,861,514
3,370,828
2,194,238
3,473,220
2,326,896
2,440,437
2,214,520
815,541
2,136,386
1,897,623
Continued.
SWEDEN AND DEPENDENTS.
DENMARK AND DEPEND.
Imported from. Exported to. Im ported from. Exported to.
$6,092,061 $1,369,869
5,801,639
1,544,907
7,767,075
1,503,050
3,617,389
1,101,750
5,895,499
1,417,598
4,794,070
1,292,182
3,826,674
1,225,042
3,083,359
1,946,783
4,622,120
1,303,959
4,562,437
1,398,640
3,096,609
1,120,730
6,035,466
1,150,804
3,566,361
1,200,899
4,578,739
1,126,541
1,316,508
4,411,053
1,299,603
4,799,157
1,468,878
4,285,767
900,790
3,772,206
1,566,142
2,871,239
1,275,458
4,546,085
1,229,641
3,288,741
914,176
4,270,770
278,674.
2,370,884
445,553
3,453,385
3,610,602
640,057
$777,407 $1,999,730 $2,327,882
921,434
2,535,406
2,434,046
558,291
1,324,532
1,955,071
569,428
2,110,666
2,183,252
569,550
1,539,592
2,701,088
358,380
2,117,164
2,412,875
850,877
2,340,171
2,404,822
1,106,954
2,374,069
3,348,167
957,948
2,086,177
2,311,174
961,729
1,671,218
2,014,085
1,652,216
2,000,793
540,078
515,140
1,182,708
2,207,551
420,069
1,166,872
1,839,834
494,741
1,684,368
1,857,114
602,593
1,403,902
1,780,496
700,386
1,874,340
2,122,469
507,523
1,266,906
1,640,173
355,852
1,644,865
1,299,927
470,914
1,546,758
1,406,346
652,546
976,678
1,193,500
771,210
1,084,321
987,283
477,965
584,321
1,047,673
485,285
827,865
67,762
295,345
630,510
983,156
363,667
783,238
1,139,596
366
Commercial Statistics,
A S ta tem en t
O f the Value o f Articles imported into, and exported from, the United States, from
1821 to 1845, inclusive—Continued.
Y ears.
PORTUGAL AND DEPEND.
Exp’ted to.
Im p’d from.
1821,
1822,
1823,
1824,
1825,
1826,
1827,
1828,
1829,
1830,
1831,
1832,
1833,
1834,
1835,
1836,
1837,
1838,
1839,
1840,
1841,
1842,
1843,
1844,
1845,
$748,423
881,290
533,635
601,722
733,443
765,203
659,001
433,555
687,869
471,643
397,550
485,264
555,137
699,122
1,125,713
672,670
928,291
725,058
1,182,323
599,894
574,841
347,684
71,369
257,015
501,734
CHINA.
Im p’ted from. Exported to.
$435,700 $3,111,951 $4,290,560
427,491
5,242,536
5,935,368
6,511,425
246,648
4,636,061
518,836
5,618,502
5,301,171
408,160
7,533,115
5,570,515
7,422,186
313,553
2,566,644
3,617,183
357,270
3,864,405
291,614
5,339,108
1,482,802
322,911
4,680,847
1,354,862
279,799
3,878,141
742,193
3,083,205
294,383
1,290,835
296,218
5,344,907
1,260,522
7,541,570
442,561
1,433,759
322,496
7,892,327
1,010,483
521,413
5,987,187
1,868,580
7,324,816
1,194,264
191,007
8,965,337
423,705
630,591
4,764,536
232,131
1,516,602
244,354
3,678,509
1,533,601
1,009,966
321,256
6,640,829
349,113
3,985,388
1,200,816
4,934,645
302,964
1,444,397
4,385,566
2,418,958
168,534
4,931,255
252,170
1,756,941
7,285,914
2,275,995
247,180
A
HANSE TOWNS.
Im p’d from. E xp’ted to.
$990,165 $2,132,544
1,578,757 2,505,015
1,981,026 3,169,439
2,527,830 1,863,273
2,739,526 3,121,033
2,816,545 2,116,697
1,638,558 3,013,185
2,644,392 2.995,251
2,274,275 3,277,160
1,873,278 2,274,880
3,493,301 2,592,172
2,865,096 4,088,212
2,227,726 2,903,296
3,355,856 4,659,674
3,841,943 3,528,276
4,994,820 4,363,882
5,642,221 3,754,949
2,847,358 3,291,645
4,849,150 2,801,067
2,521,493 4,198,459
2,449,964 4,560,716
2,274,019 4,564,513
920,865 3,291,932
2,136,386 3,566,687
2,912,537 4,945,020
S tatem en t
O f the Value of Articles imported into, and exported from, the United States, from
1821 to 1845, inclusive—Continued.
Y ears.
RUSSIA.
E xp’ted to.
Irap’ed from.
1821,
1822,
1823,
1824,
1825,
1826,
1827,
1828,
1829,
1830,
1831,
1832,
1833,
1834,
1835,
1836,
1837,
1838,
1839,
1840,
1841,
1842,
1843,
1844,
1845,
$1,852,199
3,307,328
2,258,777
2,209,663
2,067,110
2,617,169
2,086,077
2,788,362
2,218,995
1,621,899
1,608,328
3,251,852
2,772,550
2,595,840
2,395,245
2,778,554
2,816,116
1,898,396
2,393,894
2,572,427
2,817,448
1,350,106
742,803
1,059,419
1,492,262
$628,894
529,081
648,734
231,981
287,401
174,648
382,244
450,495
386,226
416,575
462,766
582,682
703,805
330,694
585,447
911,013
1,306,732
1,048,289
1,239,246
1,169,481
1,025,729
836,593
386,793
555,414
727,337
ITALY.
Im p’d from. Exported to.
HAYTI.
Im p’ted from. Exported to.
$973,463 $1,099,667 $2,246,257 $2,270,601
1,562,033
1,450,184
2,341,817
2,119,811
2,378,782
1,369,440
1,067,905
2,352,733
664,348
2,365,155
1,029,439
2,247,235
2,054,615
645,039
1,454,022
2,065,329
1,414,494
1,120,749
530,221
1,511,836
1,331,909
610,221
1,781,309
1,013,126
1,332,711
920,750
2,163,585
1,607,417
975,158
1,799,809
1,409,588
901,012
823,178
940,254
740,360
1,597,140
1,318,375
1,704,264
694,525
1,580,578
1,669,003
1,619,795
687,563
2,053,386
1,427,963
372,186
999,134
1,740,058
1,436,952
1,422,063
493,557
2,113,717
1,815,812
285,941
1,457,977
2,347,556
1,240,039
1,970,246
664,059
1,828,019
1,011,981
1,827,181
623,677
1,440,856
910,255
944,238
459,893
1,275,762
1,122,559
1,182,297
438,152
1,377,989
1,027,214
1,252,824
1,157,200
1,473,185
1,155,557
1,151,236
1,809,684
912,318
899,966
1,266,997
987,528
820,517
653,370
898,447
394,564
728,221
1,128,356
1,096,926
1,441,244
576,823
1,405,740
1,386,367
1,301,577
817,921
367
Commercial Statistics.
A S t a t em en t
O f the Value o f Articles imported into, and exported from, the United States, from
1821 to 1845, inclusive—Continued.
Years.
1821,
1822,
1823,
1824,
1825,
1826,
1827,
1828,
1829,
1830,
1831,
1832,
1833,
1834,
1835,
1836,
1837,
1838,
1339,
1840,
1841,
1842,
1843,
1844,
1845,
MEXICO.
VENEZUELA, N. GRANADA, ECUADOR.
CENT. AMERICA.
Exported to.
Im p’ed from. Exported to.
Im p’ed from. Exported to.
Im p’ed from.
..................
............
.............
.............
............
.............
$4,044,647
3,916,198
5,231,867
4,814,258
5,026,761
5,235,241
5,166,745
4,293,954
5,452,818
8,066,068
9,490,446
5,615,819
5,654,002
3,500,709
3,127,153
4,175,001
3,284,957
1,995,696
2,782,406
2,387,002
1,702,936
$6,470,144 $1,837,050 $2,239,255
1,952,672
6,281,050
2,079,724
944,534
4,173,257
1,550,248
884,524
2,886,484
1,484,856
2,331,151
767,348
1,255,310
496,990
4,837,458
1,120,095
658,149
6,178,218
1,207,154
3,467,541
1,439,182
1,117,024
957,543
5,408,091
1,524,622
5,265,053
1,727,188
795,567
9,029,221
1,064,016
1,662,764
829,255
6,041,635
1,696,650
1,080,109
3,880,323
1,567,345
2,164,097
1,615,249
724,739
2,787,362
2,073,216
750,785
2,515,341
919,123
1,572,548
2,156,121
2,036,620
872,937
769,936
1,534,233
1,720,558
745,455
1.471,937
1,307,013
1,794,833
1,625,095
656,078
1,152,331
1,440,196
804,107
..................
.............
.............
.............
.............
.......... .....
............. .............
............. .............
$56,789
204,270
251,342
204,770
311,931
302,833
198,504
288,316
267,740
170,968
215,450
195,304
163,402
155,614
192,845
189,021
186,911
124,994
132,167
189,616
65,269
$99,522
119,774
224,772
159,272
239,854
250,118
306,497
335,307
575,016
184,149
183,793
189,518
157,663
243,040
216 242
217,946
149,913
69f46(i
52,966
150,276
67,649
S t a t e m e n t —Continued.
Years.
ARG. AND CISPLAT. REPUBLICS.
BRAZIL.
CHILI.
Im p’d from.
Exported to.
Im p’d from.
Exported to.
Exported toIm p’d from.
1821,
1822,
1823,
1824,
1825,
1326,
1827,
1628,
1829,
1830,
1831,
1832,
1833,
1834,
1835,
1836,
1837,
1838,
1839,
1840,
1841,
1842,
1843,
1844,
1845,
$605,126 $1,381,760
1,463,929
1,486,567
1,341,390
1,214,810
2,301,904
2,074,119
2,393,754
2,156,707
2,156,678 • 2,200,349
1,863,806
2,060,971
1,988,705
3,097,752
1,929,927
2,535,467
1,843,238
2,491,460
2,375,829
2,076,095
2,054,794
3,890,845
5,089,693
3,272,101
2,059,351
4,729,969
2,608,656
5,574,466
3,094,936
7,210,190
1,743,209
4,991,893
3,191,238
2,657,194
5,292,955
2,637,485
4,927,296
2,506,574
6,302.653
3,517,273
5,948,814
2,601,502
3,947,658
1,792,288
6,883,806
2,818,252
6,084,599
2,837,950
.............
.........
..........
$749,771
522,769
80,065
317,466
915,190
1,431,883
928,103
1,560,171
1,377,117
1,430,118
878,618
1,053,503
1,000,002
1,029,539
1,150,546
787,964
1,957,747
2,417,541
915,241
1,565,955
1,771,271
.......... ..
......... __
.............
.........
$573,520
379,340
151,204
154,228
626,052
629,887
659,779
926,365
699,728
971,837
708,918
384,933
.273,872
296,994
465,363
519,006
818,170
681,228
557,234
966,465
660,142
$229,509
629,949
184,693
781,863
416,118
182,585
413,758
504,623
334,130
787,409
917,095
811,497
1,180,156
942,095
1,186,641
1,616,859
1,230,980
831,039
857,556
750,370
1,123,690
$921,438
1,447,498
1,702,601
2,629,402
1,421,134
1,536,114
1,368,155
1,221,119
1,463,940
1,476,355
941,884
937,917
1,487,799
1,370,264
1,794,553
1,728,829
1,102,988
1,639,676
1,049,463
1,105,221
1,548,191
T ex a s — Imported from, i n 1837, $163,384; 1838, $165,718 ; 1839, $318,116; 1840,
$303,847; 1841, $395,026; 1842, $480,892 ; 1843, $445,399 ; 1844, $678,551; 1845,
$755,324. Exported to, in 1837, $1,007,928; 1838; $1,247,880; 1839, $1,687,082;
1840, $1,218,271; 1841, $808,296; 1842, $406,929 ; 1843, $142,953; 1844, $277,548;
1845, $363,792.
368
Commercial Statistics.
CO TTO N W OOL TRADE O F G REA T BRITAIN.
W e have received the Cotton Circular of Messrs. Todd, Jackson & Co. of Liverpool,
which furnishes several carefully compiled tabular statements of the import, export, con
sumption, &c., of cotton in Great Britain for a series of years, from which we have con
structed the annexed tables.
“ Of all the final measures,” says the Liverpool circular, “ which have distinguished our
administration for years past, perhaps it would be difficult to point out one more politic, or
of greater prospective advantage to the country, than the remission of the duty on raw
•cotton. The greater degree of intelligence which in these days is exercised in commer
cial pursuits, induces inquiries into the fundamental principles by which they should be
regulated—by which solidity and permanency may be established in the great branches
of national industry, and the natural advantages and characteristic ingenuity of the peo
ple developed to the greatest extent; one of the results of these inquiries is, that the im
policy of taxing the raw materials of manufactures, instead of being as formerly the sub
ject of conflicting opinions, is now regarded as an established axiom. Cotton, beyond all
other produce, (except food,) had claims to free and unrestricted admission, on account of
the multitudes employed in the multifarious processes of its manufacture, whose chief
hope of that employment being continuous and durable depended on our ability to com
pete with other nations. The salutary remission of duty on this important staple took
place in the month of March—very little immediate effect was felt from it then, but the
importance of such changes.is not to be measured by momentary and transient fluctua
tions, but the solid advantages they confer in after times.”
The following table shows the import of cotton into Great Britain, from 1836 to 1845,
inclusive:—
GENERAL STATEMENT OF IMPORT INTO GREAT BRITAIN, DURING THE LAST TEN YEARS.
Y EA RS.
1845,...
1844,...
1843,...
1842,...
1841,...
1840,...
1839,...
1838,...
1837,...
1836,...
A tlantic N.Orleans , T otal
States. .M obile, &c . U. States.
495,672
493,697
489,110
346,057
277,214
434,642
347,111
451,009
327,739
384,183
881,222
735,776
907,461
672,671
624,978
810,365
466,504
673,183
517,449
381,053
1,499,594
1.229,473
1,396,571
1,018,728
902,192
1,245,007
813,125
1,124,192
845,188
765,236
D em erara W .InBrazil. &Berbice. dies. Egypt.
110,176
112,228
98,726
85,655
90,637
83,991
97,656
137,499
116,605
148,093
114
135
295
517
1,494
1,880
2,436
3,167
8,814
17,410
19,509
19,776
34,366
24,789
36,583
30,318
27,652
32,586
82,007
67,033
46,506
18,245
40,054
37,112
31,576
28,461
39,329
32,946
E ast
Indies.
G rand
T otal.
155,140
230,761
181,992
255,129
274,984
216,495
131,731
108,879
145,063
219,157
1,855,731
1,656,905
1,743,418
1,397,668
1,342,528
1,607,911
1,112,165
1,431,229
1,176,273
1,201,185
STATEMENT OF STOCK OF COTTON AT THE CLOSE OF THE LAST SIX YEARS.
Total in the kingdom.
1845. 1844.
D E S C R IP T IO N S .
1841
1842.
1841.
1840,
4,400
3,450
5,380
180,800 145,821
800
1,080
1,240
131,300 88,280 68,090
119,200 53,380 56,500
512,300 396,041 227,500
136,250 147,880
18,770 17,010
16,800 26,931
8,530
11,800 11,810 68,300 10,870
23,890
18,940
23,700
27,850
9,800
2,490
67,900 41,383 28,000 51,720 30,910
240,400 235,517 191,700 146,470 138,280
6,700 14,534 14,600 50,820 35,610
6,170
490
98,010
62,830
137,490
9,070
5,670
7,760
5,540
21,810
80,120
29,090
Total,..................................... . 1,060,400 895,927 785,800 561,430 538,260
464,050
Sea Island,.........................
j1
!1
Upland,..............................
Mobile and Alabama,....... \
!
New Orleans,.................... $
Pernambuco, &c.,................ .
Bahia and Maceio,.............. .
Maranham,........................... .
Egyptian,.............................. .
Surat and Madras,............... .
Other descriptions,..............
Commercial Statistics.
369
IMPORT OP COTTON WOOL INTO GREAT BRITAIN, FROM 1806 TO 1845, INCLUSIVE, BEING A PERIOD
OF FORTY YEARS, DISTINGUISHING THE GROWTH.
American.
124,939
171,267
3 7 ,6 7 2
160,180
246,7 5 9
128,1 9 2
95,331
37,7 2 0
48,8 5 3
203,051
166,077
199,669
207,5 8 0
205,161
3 0 2 ,3 9 5
300.070
329,906
452,5 3 8
282,371
423,4 4 6
395,8 5 2
646,776
444,390
463,0 7 6
618,5 2 7
608,887
628,766
654,786
733,5 2 8
763,199
764,707
844,812
1 ,124,800
8 1 4 ,5 0 0
1 ,237,500
902,5 0 0
1,013,400
1,396,800
1 ,246,900
1 ,4 9 9 ,6 0 0
Years.
18 0 6 ,...
1807,...
1808,...
1809,...
1810,...
1811,...
1812,...
1813,...
1814,...
1815,...
1816,...
1817,...
1818,...
1819,...
1820,...
1821,...
1822,...
1823,...
1824,...
1825,...
1826,...
1827,...
1828,...
1829,...
1830,...
1831,...
1832,...
1833,...
1834,...
1835,..,
1836,..,
1837,...
1838,..,
1839,...
1840,..
1841,. .
1842,..,
1843,..
1844,..
1845,..
Brazil.
51,0 3 4
18,981
50,442
140,927
142,846
118,514
9 8 ,7 0 4
137,168
150,930
91,055
123,450
114,518
162,4.99
125,415
180,086
121,085
143,505
144,611
143,310
193,942
55,590
120,111
167,362
159,5 3 6
191,468
168,288
114,5 8 5
163,193
103,646
143,572
148,715
117,005
135,500
99,3 0 0
85,300
94,3 0 0
87,1 0 0
98,7 0 0
112,900
110,200
Egyptian.
5,623
3 8 ,0 2 2
111,023
47,621
2 2 ,4 5 0
32,889
24,739
14,752
38,1 2 4
41,1 8 3
3 ,8 9 3
72,077
43,721
34 ,9 5 3
41 ,1 9 3
2 9 ,7 0 0
33 ,5 0 0
38,000
4 0 ,7 0 0
19,600
48,8 0 0
66,700
82,0 0 0
E ast India. W . Ind., etc.
7,787
77,978
11,409
81,010
12,512
67,512
3 5 ,7 6 4
103,511
79,382
92,186
14,646
64,879
2 ,6 0 7
64,563
1,429
73,219
74,800
13,048
52,840
22,3 5 7
49,2 3 5
30 ,6 7 0
44,872
120,202
247,6 5 9
50,991
184,259
31,300
57,9 2 3
31,247
40,4 2 8
30,095
40,770
19,263
38,393
27,6 3 2
2 5 ,5 3 7
50,8 5 2
31,9 8 8
60,484
64,699
18,188
30,988
73,738
20,056
84,855
80,489
18,867
35,019
11,721
7 6 ,7 6 4
11,304
109,298
8,490
94,698
13,646
89,0 9 8
17,485
22,7 9 6
117,965
2 1 9 ,4 9 3
33,506
145,1 74
27,791
107,200
29,4 0 0
132,900
36,000
216,4 0 0
22,3 0 0
2 7 3 ,6 0 0
32,900
17,300
2 5 5 ,5 0 0
182,100
17,700
2 3 7 ,6 0 0
17,500
8,800
155,100
Total.
261,738
282,667
168,138
4 4 0,382
561,173
326,231
261,205
2 4 9 ,5 3 6
2 8 7,631
369,303
369,432
479,261
668,729
546,135
571,651
491,678
5 3 3,444
668,797
540,092
820,883
581,950
894,063
749,552
746,707
871,487
9 0 3,367
9 02,322
930,216
9 5 1 ,0 3 4
1,091,253
1,201,347
1,175,975
1,428,600
1,116,220
1,599,500
1,344,000
1,392,900
1,744,100
1,681,600
1,855,700
IMPORT OF COTTON WOOL INTO LIVERPOOL IN EACH YEAR, FROM 1791 TO 1845, INCLUSIVE, IN
PACKAGES.
Years.
1791,
1792,
1793,
1794,
1795,
1796,
1797,
1798,
1799,
1800,
1801,
1802,
1803,
1804,
Packages.
6 8 ,4 0 4
72,3 6 4
24 ,9 7 1
3 8 ,0 2 2
54,841
63,526
5 8 ,2 5 8
6 6 ,9 3 4
8 9 ,7 8 4
92,580
9 8 ,7 5 2
135,1 9 2
140,291
153,1 2 6
Years. Packages.
1805, 177,508
1806, 173,074
1807, 196,4 6 7
1808,
66,2 1 5
1809, 2 6 7 ,2 8 3
1810, 3 2 0 ,5 9 4
1811, 174,132
1812, 171,551
1813, 141,1 8 8
1814, 182,626
1815, 2 7 0 ,6 3 5
1816, 2 7 6 ,7 1 5
1817, 314,181
1818, 4 2 5 ,3 4 4
Years. Packages.
1819, 3 6 5 ,3 65
1820, 458,7 36
1821, 4 1 3 ,1 8 2
1822, 4 5 3 ,7 3 2
1823, 578,303
1824, 4 4 7 ,0 83
1825, 706,316
1826, 4 8 9 ,2 04
1827, 756,296
1828, 630,245
1829, 640,9 98
1830, 793,605
[1831, 791,582
,1832, 779,071
Years.
1833,
1834,
1835,
1836,
1837,
1838,
1839,
1840,
1841,
1842,
1843,
1844,
1845,
Packages.
840,953
8 4 1 ,4 7 4
970,717
1,023,587
1,036,005
1,328,415
1,019,229
1,415,341
1,164,269
1,249,811
1,557,597
1,4 9 0 ,9 8 4
1,652,731
In 1785, the import into Liverpool from America was only) 5 bags; in 1787, it was
108 bags.
VOL. XXV.— NO. IV .
24
370
Commercial Statistics.
EXPORT AND CONSUMPTION OF COTTON IN GREAT BRITAIN. FOR FOUR YEARS.
Export.
1844.
American,... ... 76,650
Brazil,........... ...
2,100
W est India,.
400
Egyptian,....
East India,. . .. 70,550
Total,...........
Consumption.
1841.
52,350
1,300
1,190
200
61,160
1842.
1844.
1845.
62,000 1,289,808 1,099,830
3,450
113,984 115,697
15,490
17,212
2,350
54,155
100
55,124
98,176 120,388
70,100
116,200 138,000
1,574,304 1,405,560
1841.
1842.
1,114,772
80,444
25,532
40,300
111,384
918,978
68,415
24,491
27,175
156,299
1,372,432 11,195,358
PRICES OF COTTON AT LIVERPOOL.
1845.
Orleans and Mobile—ord.. 34 a 3 |
Middling,........................ 44 a 44
Fair,................................ 44 a 4 f
Good fair,........................ 5 a
Good,.............................. 54 a 6
Choice gin marks,......... .64 a 74
Upland—ordinary,..............34 a 3 f
Middling......................... 34 a 4
Fair,................................ 44 a 44
Good fair,........................■4# a 4 4
Good,..............................
a5
STATEMENT OF
Y ears.
1845,....
1 8 4 4 ,...
1 8 4 3 ,...
1 8 4 2 ,...
1 8 4 1 ,...
1 8 4 0 ....
1 8 3 9 ,...
1 8 3 8 ,...
1 8 3 7 ,...
1 8 3 6 ,...
1844.
1845.
34 a 34
4
a
4« a 44
44 a 5
54 a 6
64 a 7
34 a 3 f
34 a 4
44 a 44
4« 0 44
44 a 5
1844.
Sea Isl.—s t & s. gin d. 5 a 1 0
5 a 10
Ordinary,.............. 1 0 4 a 1 1 4 10 a 104
Middling,.............. . . 1 2 a 1 2 4 11 a 114
Fair,.......................
a 14 1 2 a 1 2 4
Good fair,............. ..1 4 4 a 15 13 a 14
Good and fine,...... ..1 5 4 a 24 144 a 24
Surat—ordinary,..... • 24 a 24 24 a 24
Middling,.............
a 34
2J a 24
Fair,....................... .. 3 4 a 34
3 a 34
Good fair,.............. .. 3 4 a 34
H a 34
Good,..................... .. 31 a 34
34 a 3*
FR E N C H COTTON W OOL TRADE.
Havre, January 1, 1846.
IMPORTS, DELIVERIES AND STOCKS, FROM JAN. 1, TO DEC. 31, FOR TEN YEARS.
Imports.
Deliveries.
Stock 1st of January.
U . States.
A ll K inds.
U . States.
A ll K inds.
U . States.
A ll Kinds.
48,300
88,200
101,400
84,000
75,000
48,400
30,500
28,800
34,300
12,200
53,000
100,000
110,000
90,000
80,000
57,000
33,700
33,000
45,500
18,800
320,927
266,515
303,327
341,516
341,463
362,045
227,778
273,864
221,317
226,370
330,592
279,095
325,297
369,197
357,383
375,643
264,168
294,520
248,859
260,286
319,227
306,415
312,038
324,116
332,463
335,445
209,888
272,164
226,817
204,270
332,292
326,095
330,373
349,197
347,383
352,643
240,868
293,820
261,359
233,586
IM PO RTS O F AM ERICA N COTTON IN T O T R IE S T E .
The United States Gazette furnishes us with an accurately prepared table of the im
ports of cotton at the port of Trieste, Austria, from the year 1831 to 1845, inclusive.
T he gradual yearly increase in the amount of cotton from the United States, must be a
source of gratification to those who are interested in the trade with this important seaport
of Austria.
IMPORT OF AMERICAN COTTON INTO TRIESTE, FROM 1831 TO 1845, INCLUSIVE.
Y ears.
1831,.......
1832.........
1833,.......
1834,........
1835,........
1836,.......
1837,........
1838,.......
B ales imported Tot. bales im
from th e U ni port’d from all
quarters. Y ears.
ted States.
7,729
6,762
4,941
13,488
17,892
23,450
20,871
20,702
66,196
89,991
64,938
54,537
80,676
126,898
95,557
108,057
1839,.......
1840.........
1841,.......
1842,........
1843,........
1844,........
1845,........
B ales im ported T o t. bales imfrom th e U ni- port’d from all
ted S tates.
quarters.
18,030
52,033
20,927
40,141
37,550
37,800
52,400
*
85,720
86,300
56,702
122,480
140,500
79,200
95,195
Commercial Statistics.
371
PORK T R A D E AND PO RK PA CKING IN T H E W E S T .
As there haa been of late an unusual interest excited throughout the country, in regard
to the hog-slaughtering and pork-packing of the great West, we give below a compara
tive statement of the business of the three last years, derived from a correspondent of the
Philadelphia Commercial List. The writer alluded to took considerable trouble to ascer
tain the actual numbers cut and packed at different points; and, in the table below, gives
the correct number of hogs cut and packed at fifty-three different towns. The hogs this
season, in consequence of the farmers urging, or rather forcing the thing, much more
than usual, to get their yearling hogs into market, (to obtain the high prices,) will average
full 15 lbs. per hog lighter, throughout the country, than last season. This, on 800,000
hogs, (the supposed number generally packed throughout the West,) at an average of 225
lbs. per hog, would deduct from the excess 55,333 hogs. On the 1st day of December,
1844, as far as can be ascertained, there was full 125,000 bbls. of old pork in the United
States, over the amount on hand at a similar date in 1845; say 50,000 bbls. in New York,
40,000 bbls. in all the other Eastern cities, and 35,000 bbls. at New Orleans, and all the
different points throughout the W est. This, with the excess of old lard and bacon at
that time, would be fully equal to 300,000 hogs.
1843-4. 1844-5. 1845-6.
1843-4. 1844-5
Cincinnati, O.,. 250,000 200,000 270,000 Centerville, la.,
1,600
Circleville,....... 42,000 12,000 16,000 Brookville,.......
8,500
6,000
Columbus,........ 14,000
8,000 10,000 Economy,.........
800
400
Chillicothe, .... 52,000 24,000 40,000 Evansville,......
5,000
4,000
2,000
Portsmouth,....
800
1,500 Louisville, Ky., 68,000 50,000
1,200
800
Maysville,......... 14,000
Winchester,.....
7,000
3,800
700
1,000 Bowling Green,
7,000
8,000
Eaton,...............
5,000
1,500
2,600 Frankfort,......... 11,000 10,000
Piqua,................
3,000 Alton, 111.,....... 10,000 16,000
3,500
2,800
Franklin,..........
6,000 S t Louis, Mo., 16,000 13,000
Dayton,............. 20,000 12,000
7,500 Hannibal,......... 20,000 16,000
7,500
Middleton,....... 10,000
8,000
8,000 La Groo,..........
7,000
3,000
Camden,..........
600
Hamilton,......... 40,000 35,000 35,000 Independence,.
Fort
W
ayne,...
5,000
4,000
4,000
3,000
800
Lebanon,.........
2,500
1,300
1,100
Williamsport,...
4,500
2,000
Lancaster,........
Newport,.........
700
800
Centerville,......
600
3,500
1,200
1,000
600 Vincennes,.......
2,500
6,000
3,000
Greenville,.......
6,000 Attica,...............
5,000
6,000
2,700
1,700
New Paris,.......
200 Montezuma,.....
7,000
5,000
1,500
1,000
Xenia,...............
9,000
Terre Haute,... 27,000 18,000
Clarkesville, ... 11,000 10,000
Delphi,.............
500
7,000
2,000
Leesburgh,.......
1,000 Crawfordsville,.
Miamesburgh,..
1,800
1,500
7,000
2,400
1,700
2,000 Troy,.................
4,000
1,000
N. Burlington,.
Ripley,............. 10,000 10,000 12,000 Lafayette,......... 25,000 15,000
5,000
1,000
6,000
Springfield,......
Lawrencebu’gh,
856,000 593,500
9,000 10,000
Indiana,....... 13,000
7,000
4,000
Laurel,..............
8,000
Madison,......... 45,000 50,000 50,000
1,000
5,000
800
Richmond,.......
Showing the whole matter to stand th u s:—
Old pork on hand last year, equal to..............................................................
Excess in the number of head of hogs cut in the 53 towns above named, (in
cluding all the most important points,) this year over last,......
164,600
Deduct for light weight, as per above.............................................
55,333
----- -----Total,............................................................................................................
1845-6.
1,800
7,000
300
7,500
100,000
9,000
8,500
4,500
18,000
17,000
18,000
1,000
500
2,000
2,400
200
5,000
3,500
1,000
2 0 ,0 0 0
6,000
5,000
2,000
15,000
758,100
593,500
164,600
300,000
109,267
190,733
Thus, it will be seen very plainly that there must be an excess of full 190,733 head of
hogs cut.
372
Commercial Statistics.
It is stated in Peabody’s Weekly Markets, of Feb. 20th, 184G, that the number packed
at Cincinnati during the last season has been largely augmented by a change of the di
rection of the hogs from Southern Kentucky, a large proportion of which were driven to
the Ohio river this season, on account of the scarcity of corn on the southern route be
yond the Cumberland Gap. Last year Cincinnati received from Kentucky about 45,000
head, and this year about 140,000, making the receipts of live hogs from other sources
(Ohio and Indiana) actually less this season than last.
IM P O R T O F H ID E S A T N E W YORK, 1845.
From
Total.
Africa,..............................................
Angostura,.......................................
Buenos Ayres,.................................
Calcutta............................................
Carthagena,.....................................
Chagres,...........................................
Central America,...........................
Curacoa,...........................................
Honduras,........................................
Laguayra and Porto Cabello,.......
Mexico and Texas,........................
Montevideo,....................................
Maranham,......................................
42,029
77,009
36,259
34,899
40,732
5,865
7,450
2,650
780
8,910
55,856
26,112
22,037
From
Total*
Maracaibo..................................
3,187
Para,................................................
8,741
Rio Grande..................................... 174,640
Rio Grande—Horse,......................
175
W est Indies,...................................
9,791
Southern States,............................. 51,635
San Juan,........................................ 14,637
To dealers, sole leather hides only, 121,022
Coastwise, not enumerated above, 33,224
Total—1845,......................... 776,640
1 8 4 4 ,............................ 854,790
1 8 4 3 ,............................ 653,431
EXPORT OP HIDES FOR THE YEARS—
.53,633
.45,645
.53,633
1845..
1844..
1843..
1842..
1841..
1840..
.31,286
..4 ,2 4 5
.31,325
LIV ERPO O L TOBACCO T RA D E.
A COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF THE STOCKS, IMPORTS AND DELIVERIES OF TOBACCO, IN LIVER
POOL, THE LAST TEN YEARS.
Stock 1st January.
Years.
1836,..
1 8 3 7 ,. ..................
1838,....................
1839,.,..................
1840,....................
1841,. ..................
1842,.
1 8 4 3 ,. ..................
1844,.,..................
1 8 4 5 ,...................
Stock.
8,878
9,9 0 3
5,6 9 0
5,1 9 0
7 ,2 3 3
7 ,5 2 4
12,761
15,444
16,273
Stock 31 st December.
Stock.
Years.
9,9 0 3
1836,. ..................
5,690
1837,. ..................
5,1 8 0
1838,....................
7,233
1839,. ..................
7 ,5 2 4
1840,. ..................
9,553
1841,. ..................
12,761
1842,. ..................
15,444
1843,....................
1844,. ..................
1 6 ,2 7 3
17,3 0 2
1845,. ..................
Virginia.
6,693
3,830
5,535
6,151
6,665
4 ,4 6 2
5,1 7 8
4,8 5 2
4 ,8 0 4
5,815
Home Use.
4 ,5 2 3
4 ,4 5 0
4 ,9 1 8
4 ,5 0 3
4 ,3 8 5
3 ,7 8 9
3,9 0 7
4,7 7 7
4 ,9 8 6
4,3 7 7
Imports.
N. Orleans.
3,4 3 0
2 ,2 3 5
2 ,5 1 5
3,3 7 9
3 ,8 3 4
5,2 0 5
7,580
7 ,5 3 0
6 ,9 7 6
6,959
Ireland.
2 ,1 3 4
2 ,6 2 4
1,972
2 ,0 8 0
3 ,0 7 4
2 ,6 2 6
2,5 7 9
2 ,7 6 1
3 ,5 4 7
3 ,4 0 6
Baltimore.
55
13
77
47
Other Ports.
141
35
298
1,153
209
799
371
1,350
614
596
Total.
10,264
6,100
8,348
10,738
10,721
10,543
13,129
13,732
12,441
13,370
Coastwise.
585
1,121
828
879
995
872
1,036
1,411
1,319
2 ,5 1 0
Total.
9,239
10,313
8,858
8,685
10,430
8,514
9,921
11,049
11,612
12,341
Deliveries.
Export.
1,997
2 ,1 1 5
1,140
1,423
1,976
1,227
2,399
2 ,1 0 0
1,760
2 ,0 4 8
ANNUAL SALES AND DISTRIBUTION OF TOBACCO.
T he total annual sales, and their distribution for the last six years, were as follows:
373
Commercial Statistics.
1841
1844.
1841.
1841.
1841.
1840.
To manufacturers,...........................
For Ireland and Scotland,.............
For exportation,..............................
On speculation,...............................
5,994
5,324
2,199
907
5,450
4,214
1,934
1,447
5,726
2,886
2,327
1,800
4,981
2,951
2,871
690
4,142
2,944
1,707
1,028
5,913
2,858
1,721
1,140
Total sales,......................................
14,424
13,045
12,739
11,493
9,821
11,632
PARTICULARS OF LEAF AND STEMMED, IMPORTED DURING THE LAST SEVEN TEARS, AND THE STOCK
ON SALE AT THE CLOSE OF EACH YEAR.
Imports.
Virginia leaf,................. ..
“ stemmed,....... ...
Kentucky leaf,.............
“
stemmed,.... ..
Other sorts,...................
Not sampled,................
4819.
1840.
1841.
1841
1841
1844.
1845.
3,521
2,481
847
3,144
745
3,739
2,926
811
3,023
222
3,606
1,143
1,271
4,488
35
2,605
1,909
726
6,979
4
906
1,105
2,112
4,925
1,902
1,862
4,222
1,814
5,472
3,688
968
2,346
2,016
4,055
13
2,143
Total,............................
10,721
10,543
13,129
13,732
11,541
13,370
Virginia leaf,................ ...
“ stemmed,....... ..
Kentucky leaf,..............
“
stemmed,.... ..
Not yet sampled,..........
Stocks on Sale.
1,929
2,800
2,023
1,012
239
725
1,333
3,215
43
35
1,744
952
261
6,657
20
1,618
1,788
3.015
3,712
1,321
2,353
3,819
5,402
8
1,596
3,213
2,921
5,042
4,530
5,567
9,634
10,133
12,903
17,302
1,074
2,076
194
2,080
171
Total,.............................
7,787
1845.
1844.
1841.
1841
1841.
1840.
Stock in London, 31st Dec..
Liverpool,..................
Bristol, Hull & Newcastle,
Scotland,................... .........
Ireland,.....................
27,300
31,700
30,000
19,400
1,738
1,300
1,500
1,200
1,600
1,500
1,750
1,540
1,800
19,778
9,553
1,435
1,450
1,450
12,900
7,524
1,100
1,200
1,400
Total in Great Britain,.
49,990
52,673
50,344
37,251
33,666
24,124
PRICES CURRENT OF TOBACCO, AT LIVERPOOL, DECEMBER
Virginia Leaf—Ordinary and faded,..............
Ordinary sound,....................
Fair leafy...............................
Good substance,....................
Fine Irish,.............................
Stemmed—Ordinary short,......................
Fair dry leafy,.......................
Good do...............................
Fine Irish,.............................
Do. butted,............................
Western Leaf—Ordinary,................................
Middling,...............................
Fine dry,................................
Stemmed—Ordinary,................................
Middling,...............................
Fine,.......................................
1845.
2 a 24
21 a 31
4 a 41
4J a 5
51 a —
31 a —
4 a 41
5 a 5£
6 a
a—
2 a 21
3 a—
31 a 4
3$ a 4
41 a 41
4J a 5
31, 1843, 1844, 1845.
1844.
11 a 2
2f a —
3£ a —
4 a A\
41 a 5
3 a 3£
4 a—
41 a 5
a6
6 a—
2 a—
21 a 2}
3 a 3^
31 a 4
41 a —
41 a 5
1841
2 a 21
3 a—
31 a 41
41 a —
5 a 51
3£ a —
4 a 41
5 a—
5£ a
61 a 7
2 a—
21 a 3
3i a 4
4 a—
4£ a —
5 a 51
The foregoing statistics of the Tobacco trade are derived from the Circular of Messrs.
John and William Oxley & Co., dated Liverpool, January 3, 1846.
“ There is not the smallest change in the aspect of our Tobacco market, (says the Cir
cular,) since our report on the 3d ultimo. The sales of the month, amounting altogether
to about 1,100 hogsheads, have resulted from a moderate steady inquiry from the ordina
ry channels of consumption, unaided by any speculative movement whatever, at prices in
accordance with our recent quotations. These will be found to vary but little from the
374
Commercial Statistics.
rates current twelve months ago, except in the case of Virginia Leaf, which is to be ac
counted for by its superior quality—the W estern Tobacco, on the other hand, although of
a good color, we consider unequal to that of the previous crop, whilst the assortment of
strips made from it, so far as we have seen, contains an unusually large proportion of only
middle and common quality.”
PA SSA G ES OF T H E N E W YORK PA C K E T SHIPS.
STATEMENT OF THE HOMEWARD PASSAGES OF THE NEW YORK PACKET SHIPS FROM LIVERPOOL,
FROM FEBRUARY, 1845, TO MARCH, 1846— ONE YEAR.
Ships.
S’led from Arr’d at Ds.on
Liverpool. N. York. Pass.
1845.
New York,...........
Liverpool,............
Siddons,................
Columbus,...........
Ashburton,...........
S. W hitney,.........
Yorkshire,...........
Q ’n of the W est,.
Sheridan,.............
Cambridge,..........
Patrick Henry,....
Em pire,........ ......
O xford,................
Rochester,...........
Feb. 4
7
11
18
25
28
Mar. 4
7
13
19
23
31
Ap. 3
9
12
Indiana,................
17
Geo. Washington,
22
Virginian,.............
28
M ontezum a,........ May 5
Hottinguer,.........
16
Roscius,................
14
E urope,................
18
Independence,....
22
W aterloo,............
26
Ashburton............ June 1
N ew York,.........
1
Liverpool,.............
7
Siddons,...............
12
Columbus,...........
18
Henry C lay........
23
S. W hitney,.........
26
Yorkshire,........... July 2
Q ’n of the W est,.
7
Sheridan,.............
12
Cambridge,..........
18
22
Patrick Henry,....
Virginian,.............
29
Ships.
1845.
Mar. 23
23
24
31
30
30
25
Ap. 1
18
28
23
29
May 2
14
18
18
28
30
June 2
4
17
23
24
26
July 5
7
14
20
Aug. 3
July 27
31
July 30
Aug. 14
16
19
21
29
S’led from
Liverpool.
1845,
47
44
41
41
33
30
21
25
36
40
31
29
29
35
36
31
36
32
28
29
34
36
33
31
34
36
37
38
46
34
35
28
38
35
32
30
31
Oxford,................. Aug. 2
Rochester,_____
11
Garrick,...............
12
M ontezuma,........
16
Independence,.....
22
Waterloo,.............
29
Fidelia,................. Sept. 2
6
Hottinguer,..........
Roscius,................
12
Europe,................
20
Ashburton,...........
22
John R. Skiddy,. Oct. 2
2
New York,.........
Liverpool,............
7
13
Shenandoah,........
22
Henry Clay,..........
23
S. Whitney,..........
29
Yorkshire,........... Nov. 2
Q’n of the W est,.
7
Sheridan,.............
12
Cambridge,..........
21
23
Patrick Henry,....
Virginian, ...........
Oxford,..................
Rochester,...........
Garrick,................
M ontezuma,........
Independence,.....
Waterloo,.............
Fidelia,.................
Hottinguer,..........
Roscius,................
Europe,................
Ashburton,...........
Ar. at Ds. on
N.Y. Pass.
1845.
Aug. 29
Sep. 7
7
15
22
26
Oct. 1
11
11
18
16
Nov. 1
2
8
16
Dec. 3
N ov. 26
Dec. 3
1
5
19
27
25
1846.
Jan. 28
15
16
24
25
Feb. 10
5
27
27
26
30
31
28
29
35
29
28
24
30
31
32
34
42
34
35
29
28
37
36
32
53
Dec. 6
6
40
39
8
42
13
39
17
48
24
29
38
1846.
Jan. 2 Feb. 22 51
7 Mar. 6 58
7 53
13
16
7 50
23
i 5 41
COMMERCE O F AM STERDAM.
The commerce of Amsterdam has increased in a very remarkable manner. In 1844,
the number of vessels that arrived by sea was 1,843, whilst in 1845 it was 2,319. All
the exportations increased very considerably, especially of refined sugar, of which the
quantity was 41,800,000 lbs.; or 7,250,000 lbs. more than in 1844. In 1845, the impor
tation of cotton, chiefly from the United States, was 22,323 bales, or double what it was
in 1844. The increase is owing to the vast development which the neighboring town of
Harlem has taken as a manufacturing place.
375
A N T H R A C IT E COAL TR A D E O F P E N N S Y L V A N IA .
T he following table exhibits the quantity of A nthracite Coal sent to market from the different regions in Pennsylvania, from the commencement o f the trade, in 1820, to 1845,
inclusive, w ith the annual increase, consumption, etc.
S C H U Y L K IL L .
Commercial Statistics.
Y ears.
1820,..
1821,..
1822,..
1823..
1824..
1825..
1826..
1827..
1828..
1829..
1830..
1831..
1832..
1833..
1834..
1835..
1836..
1837..
1838..
1839..
1840..
1841..
1842..
1843..
1844..
1845..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Total,..
Canal.
6,500
16,767
31 ,3 6 0
4 7 ,2 8 4
79,973
8 9 ,9 8 4
81,8 5 4
209,271
2 5 2 ,9 7 1
2 2 6 .6 9 2
339,5 0 8
4 3 2 ,0 4 5
5 2 3 ,1 5 2
4 3 3 ,8 7 5
4 4 2 ,6 0 8
452,291
584.6 9 2
491,6 0 2
447,0 5 8
3 9 8 ,4 4 3
263,5 5 9
O T H E R R E G IO N S .
R ailroad.
49,2 9 0
2 3 0 .2 3 7
4 4 1 ,4 9 1
8 2 0 .2 3 7
L ack a
w an n a.
T otal.
6,500
17,767
3 1 ,3 6 0
4 7 ,2 8 4
79,973
8 9 ,9 8 4
8 1 ,8 5 4
209,2 7 1
252,9 7 1
2 2 6 .6 9 2
339,5 0 8
4 3 2 ,0 4 5
5 2 3 ,1 5 2
4 3 3 ,8 7 5
4 4 2 ,6 0 8
452,291
584.692
540,892
6 7 7 ,2 9 5
8 3 9 ,9 3 4
1 ,083,796
365
1,073
2 ,2 4 0
5,823
9,541
2 8 ,3 9 3
31,280
3 2 ,0 7 4
30,232
25,110
41,750
40,966
70,000
123,000
106,244
131,250
146,522
225,937
214,211
2 2 1 ,850
2 2 5 ,288
142.821
272,129
2 6 7 ,734
377.821
4 3 2 ,080
7,000
43.000
54.000
84,600
111,777
43,700
90.000
103,861
115,387
78,207
122,300
148,470
192,270
2 05,253
2 27,605
2 51,005
2 69,469
P inegrove.
Sham okin.
17.000
13.000
20,639
23,860
17,653
32,381
22,905
34,916
47,9Sfe
5,851,489 1 ,5 4 1 ,2 5 5 7 ,3 9 2 ,7 4 4 3 ,205,734 2,144,9041 233,2821
In 1820, only 365 tons were sent to market. In 1830, the quantity had reached 174,734 tons;
served that the trade has more than doubled within the last five years.
W ilk esbarre.
11,930
15,505
21,463
10,000
10,000
Aggre
gate.
A n n u al
increase.
365
708
1,073
2,240
[1,167
[3,583
5,823
3,718
9,541
34,8 9 3
25,3 5 2
48,0 4 7
13,154
63,4 3 4
15,837
77,516
14,082
112,083
34,567
174,734
62,651
176,820
2 ,0 8 6 177.000
363,871 187,051 2 98,871
4 8 7,748 123,877 4 3 4 ,9 8 6
376,636 Decrease. 4 1 5 ,1 8 6
560,758 184,122 635,935
682,428 121,670 632,428
881,476 199,048 680,441
739,293 Decrease. 788,968
8 0 ,0 3 4 867.000
819,327
8 65,414
46,087 9 7 3,136
958,899
93,485 958,899
1,108,001
149,102 1,158,001
1,263,539 155,538 1,263,539
1,631,669 368,130 1,631,669
2 ,0 2 1 ,6 7 4 390,005
10,000
47,346
58,000
114,906
178,401
81,985!
3 9 8,652 13,4 6 7 .3 0 2 1
13,087
Cons’mption.
i 1840, 865,414; and in 1845, 2,021,674 tons.
U nsold
A p ril 1.
None.
65.000
117,762
79,212
4,035
54,035
2 5 5,070
2 0 5,395
157,622
100,000
100,000
50.000
50.000
50.000
Sold on
C anal and
R ailroad.
3 ,1 5 4
3,372
3,332
5,321
6,150
10,048
13.4 2 9
19.429
18,571
17,863
2 1 ,7 4 9
2 8 ,7 7 5
30,3 9 0
2 8 ,9 2 4
4 1 ,2 2 3
4 0 ,5 8 4
34,619
60,000
90,000
By this statement, it will be ob-
376
Commercial Statistics.
The Pottsville Miners’ Journal furnishes us with the following official summary statement of coal sent to market from the different regions in 1845, compared with 1844:—
Schuylkill.
1845.
Railroad,...................
Canal,........................
1,083,796
Lehigh,..................................
Lackawanna,........................
Wilkesbarre,.........................
Pinegrove,............................
Shamokin,............................. ............
10,000
2,021,674
1,631,669
1844.
Increased.
441,491
398,443
378,746
Decrease.
839,934
377,821
251,005
114,906
34,916
13,087
243,862
54,259
18,461
63,495
13,012
1,631,669
Increase in 1845,......
The Schuylkill region still maintains the position she has held since 1832, in furnish
ing more than ono-half the supply of anthracite coal sent to market. Since the trade
commenced, in 1820, up to the beginning of 1846, the supply from all sources amounted
to 13,467,302 tons.
Of this quantity, the Schuylkill region furnished.................................
7,392,744 tons.
All other regions, only.............................................................................
6,074,558
In favor of the Schuylkill region,..............................................
1,318,186
During the last year, our county furnished...........................................
All other counties, only............................................................................
1,131,722
880,952
Excess in favor of Schuylkill county,........................................
250,770
The following is the quantity of coal transported over the different railroads in Schuyl
kill county, during the years 1844 and 1845:—
W est Branch,..........................
Mount Carbon,........................
Schuylkill Valley,..................
Mill Creek...............................
Little Schuylkill,....................
Lorberry Creek,......................
1844.
1845.
334,027
202,742
109,865
75,636
[ 56,669
34,916
442,220
257,457
128,448
109,828
74,850
47,928
813,855
1,060,731
813,855
Increase.
108,193
54,715
18,883
34,192
18,181
12,012
Increase in 1845,..........
246,876
The transportation of coal on the Schuylkill Valley Railroad did not commence until
the 1st of June—and there was also about five weeks’ interruption to the trade on the
Mill Creek Railroad.
The operators engaged in this region, who send coal to market, number about 100. Of
this number, 27 shipped upwards of 10,000 tons, 41 upwards of 5,000, and the balance
less than 5,000.
On the W est Branch, there are operators......................................................................
35
Schuylkill Valley,.................................................
32
On Mount Carbon Road,.................................................................................................
26
Mill Creek..........................................................................................................................
7
Total,....................................................................................................................... 100
As the expenses of mining increase, the number of shipping operators decrease—the
smaller find it their interest to sell the coal at the mouth of the mines to the'larger
operators.
Commercial Statistics.
377
B R IT ISH M ANUFACTURES EX PO RTED TO T H E U N ITED ST A T E S.
We have compiled, from British official documents, the following table of the export
of the chief articles of British manufacture from the ports of London, Liverpool, Bristol,
Hull, and the Clyde, to the United States, from the 1st of January to the 28th of De
cember, 1845, compared with the same periods of 1844. The third and fourth columns
give the total quantity or value* exported to the various markets of the world, embracing
fifty-four countries or ports. The first and second columns exhibit the exports to the
United States, thus showing the proportion of British manufactures exported to this
country.
EXPORTS TO U. STATES.
1844.
Cotton twist and yarn,....................lbs.
Thread and sewing...............................
Plain calicoes,..............................yards
Printed dyed calicoes...........................
Cambrics, muslins, lawns, and lenos,.
Other plain cotton goods,......................
Lace, gauze, etc.,..................................
Counterpanes and quiltings,........... No.
Cotton hosiery, caps and gloves,...doz.
Cotton shawls and handkerchiefs, pl’n
and printed,..................................doz.
Tapes, bobbins, etc.,..............................
Cotton and linen cloths, mixed,...yds.
Cotton goods unenumerated,............. £
Linens, British and Irish,............ yards
Woollen and worsted yarns,........... lbs.
Woollens and cottons, mixed,........... £
Kerseymeres.........................................£
Long and short cloths,....................... £
Stuffs, woollen and worsted,............. £
Heavy woollens,.................................. £
Shawls, (woollen,).............................. £
Flannels and blanketing,................... £
Hosiery, woollen and worsted.......... £
Woollens, unenumerated,.................. £
Total of woollens,.............................. £
Silks, and silk and cotton, and silk and
worsted, mixed,.............................lbs.
1845.
TOT. EX. TO ALL COUNTRIES.
1844.
1845.
49,483
86,685 136,195,076 132,453,425
597,133
455,784
3,242,170
3,412,718
9,784,857 13,328,716 618,418,520 656,011,909
12,565,826 15,565,413 349,497,419 360,220,460
607,312 1,034,216
3,734,131
5,643,365
328,771
400,809
3,786,050
3,846,608
6,447,252 7,017,520 87,344,498 96,403,712
25,882
25,953
95,947
161,245
101,046
82,623
377,553
519,046
106,675
101,411
1,834
398
289,373
187,899
30,665
52,224
21,711,973 22,255,129
115,894
421,102
591,679
529,583
19,608
14,058
13,266
6,902
755,656
1,195,187
42,256
31,796
32,880
40,351
197,022
107,815
68,636
56,341
34,051
38,647
2,194,676 1,581,299
51,929
£135,889
650,516
19,355
1,300,983
143,612
60,561,569
7,544,441
1,200,431
267,571
337,516
4,793,354
229,342
112,586
359,123
162,607
158,916
7,621,259
738,657
14,981
1,438,032
190,747
66,549,916
8,431,172
1,246,431
77,654
325,958
4,317,964
377,758
146,518
309,282
161,775
301,658
1,264,998
104,970
14,981
K E Y W EST, AND W R EC K IN G FO R SALVAGE.
Key West, the capital of Monroe County, Florida, is situated on the northwest en4 of
Thompson’s Island, and is four miles long and one wide. It is one of the Florida keys,
has a fine harbor, admitting vessels requiring 27 feet of water, and capable of being well
fortified. The passage here is safer, and is 90 miles nearer the Gulf of Mexico, than
round the Tortugas. The town of Key W est contains a population of about 1400 souls,
who derive their livelihood mainly from the profits of wrecking, fishing, and the manufac
ture of salt, (about 25,000 bushels of which are manufactured annually, by solar evap
oration,) general trade, commerce, and other employments growing out of these. Three
hundred and forty-nine vessels, with an aggregate tonnage of 25,970, and 2,100 men, en
tered and cleared at Key W est during 1845. It possesses one Episcopalian, and one
Methodist church, with Sunday-schools, all of which are well attended. It has sev
eral day-schools and boarding-houses.
We learn from the special agent of the N ew York and New Orleans underwriters at
Key West, that the whole amount of the value of vessels and cargo, wrecked and in dis
tress on the Florida Reef, during the year ending the 31st December, 1845, was $737,000;
the whole amount of salvage awarded was $69,592; and the whole amount of salvages,
* W hen the value is given, it is denoted by the British sterling £ mark.
378
Commercial Regulations.
wharfages, storages, repairs, labor-fees of officers of the court, and all other expenses,
was $105,706. During the year previous to the last, the whole amount of property
wrecked and in distress, was $725,000, the salvage was $92,712, and the salvage and all
other expenses and charges were $169,064, including about $6,000 for duties. During
the year 1845, a larger amount of property was saved than during the year previous, al
though the sum paid for saving is $23,120 less. There are employed in cruising and
saving this property, about fifteen regular licensed vessels, with crews averaging about
ten men each, besides several fishing-smacks and small boats occasionally employed.
T he salvages are decided by the court established at Key W est for that purpose, and each
vessel engaged in the business of wrecking is licensed by the judge. The utmost good
faith and good conduct on the part of the wreckers is required of them by the court; and
embezzlement of cargo, or other misconduct, being always followed by a forfeiture of
salvage, has lately been of rare occurrence.
SALVAGES DECREED AND AWARDED SINCE
1831,.......
1832........
1833,.......
1834,.......
1835,.......
$39,487
46,555
38,128
32,040
87,240
1836,....... ,.
1837,......
[1838,.......
1839,.......
1840,.......
COMMERCIAL
$174,132
107,495
34,578
90,797
85,113
1831.
1841,.......
1842,.......
1843,.......
1844,.......
1845..........
$71,173
38,103
83,811
92,712
69,592
REGULATIONS.
CIRCULAR OF IN STR U C TIO N S TO COLLECTORS OF CUSTOMS.
GOODS IMPORTED IN LARGE BALES, AND ENTERED FOR EXPORTATION.
R. J. W a l k e r , Secretary of the Treasury, under date Washington, February 25, 1846,
has addressed the following circular of instructions to the collectors of the principal ports
of the United States:
“ In consequence of representations made to the department, of the inconvenience and
expense to which exporters are subjected in the transportation of certain descriptions of
merchandise, under the provisions of the drawback act of the 3d of March, 1845, to Chi
huahua and Santa Fe, by a strict compliance with the regulations prescribed in the in
structions of the 10th of April last, requiring each package to be enclosed in a secure
wooden box or covering, etc., it is deemed expedient to modify said regulations, to the
extent, and in the manner following:
“ In lieu of requiring bulky goods imported in large bales or packages, which may be
entered for exportation to the places above mentioned, to be secured in the manner here
after prescribed, all such bales or packages of goods having the original importer’s marks
and numbers legibly inscribed thereon, are to be secured by a strong cord passed around
the middle of the bale or package, and over each end of the same. The. two ends of the
cord are to be brought together and passed through a planchet or block of lead, the size
of half a dollar, and of the thickness of half an inch, the block having a hole through the
sides large enough to allow the ends of the cord to pass through the same. Two steel
dies are to be prepared, with the name of the custom-house on the upper die, and the
name of the port on the under. The Mock is then to be placed between the two dies,
and the impression on the lead is to be made by a stroke of a hammer of sufficient force
to flatten the block, so as to close the hole, and firmly secure the cord inserted therein,
and at the same time leave a distinct impression of the dies on both sides of the lead.
“ It is to be understood that this regulation is not to apply to the light and costly goods,
such as laces, crapes, silks, and other articles usually imported in small cases, boxes, or
packages ; all goods of this description must be secured in the manner indicated in the
instructions of the 10th of April last.
“ In addition to the foregoing regulations, it is expedient to require each bale or pack
age to be duly weighed, and the weight stated in the invoice required by law to accom
pany such goods, a form of which is given in the former instructions marked B. This
precaution, it is believed, will enable the inspectors stationed at Independence, Van
Buren and Fulton, by re-weighing the bales or packages, to ascertain whether the goods
have been altered or changed on the route, in the event of their suspicions being excited
by the appearance and condition of the packages on their arrival at said places.”
Commercial Regulations.
379
' R A T E S O F PIL O T A G E FO R T H E PO R T O F PH ILA D ELPH IA .
Inwards, up to 12 feet, at $ 3 00 per foot ; above 12 feet, at $ 3 33. Outwards, up to
12 feet, at $ 2 25; above 12 feet, $ 2 67.
29, 1803.
Outwards.
KATES ACCORDING TO ACT OF MARCH
Inwards.
5 ft. is
54
6
64
7
74
8
84
9
$13
14
16
17
18
33
67
00
33
67
20 00
2 1 33
2 2 67
24 00
5 feet is
54
6
64
7
74
8
84
9
$ 1 0 00
11 0 0
12 00
13 00
14 0 0
15 00
16 00
17 0 0
18 0 0
19 0 0
20 00
21 0 0
22 00
23 0 0
24 00
9, 1803.
Outwards.
RATES ACCORDING TO ACT OF FEB.
Inwards.
5 feet is
54
6
64
7
74
8
84
9
94
10
$15
16
18
19
21
22
24
25
27
28
30
31
33
34
36
41
43
45
46
48
50
51
53
55
56
58
60
61
63
65
66
00
50
00
50
00
50
00
50
00
50
00
50
00
50
00
67
33
00
67
33
00
67
33
00
67
33
00
67
33
00
67
5 ft.
54
6
64
7
74
8
84
9
94
10
is
$11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
33
34
36
37
38
40
41
42
44
45
46
48
49
50
52
53
25
37
50
624
75
874
00
124
25
374
50
62
75
874
00
334
674
00
33
67
00
334
67
00
33
67
00
33
67
00
00
25 33
94
26 67
10
104
104
28 00
104
11
11
29 33
11
li
114
114
30 67
114
114
12
12
32 00
12
12
124
25 30 124
124
33 67
124
13
26 60 13
35 33
13
13
134
28 0 0 134
134
37 00
134
14
14
14
38 67
29 30 14
144
144
144
30 90 144
40 33
15
15
15
32
15
00
42 0 0
154
154
154
33 63 154
43 67
16
16
16
34 0 0 16
45 33
I 64
164
164
36 30 164
47 0 0
17
17
37 70 17
48 67
17
174
174
50 33
38 60 174
174
18
18
40 00 18
52 0 0
18
I 84
184
184
41 33 I 8 4
53 67
19
19
19
42 67 19
55 33
194
194
194
57 0 0
44 00 194
20
20
45 33 20
58 67
20
Every vessel arriving from or bound to a foreign port, is required by law to receive a
pilot, or to pay half pilotage in the warden’s office ; where the master of every such
vessel is required, under a penalty of $10, to make a report within thirty-six hours after
his arrival, and again before his departure, signing his name to said report in the warden’s
book. Every vessel of 75 tons and upwards, arriving from or bound to any port within
the United States, and the masters of all such vessels, are bound as above. The pilot of
every vessel is required to inform the master thereof, of his having to report at the war
den’s office. All vessels obliged to receive a pilot, are required to pay $10 in addition,
as winter pilotage, from the 20th of November to the 10th of March, both days inclu.
sive. Foreign vessels, i. e., Spanish, Portuguese, Neapolitan, Russian, South American,
except the Columbian and Haytien, to pay $ 2 67, in addition to other pilotage. Every
pilot detained 24 hours by any master, owner, or consignee, is entitled to $ 2 for every day
he is so detained. Every pilot detained more than 48 hours by the ice, after he has con
ducted his vessel to a place of safety, is entitled to $ 2 per day for every day he is so de
tained. Every pilot compelled to perform quarantine is entitled to $ 2 per day for every
day he is so detained, and cannot be discharged in less than six days without his consent.
Every pilot obliged by the ice or stress of weather to proceed to another port, is,, when
there, entitled to his pilotage ; and, if there discharged, to eight cents a mild for every
mile he has to travel home. Every pilot is required, under penalty of $12, to make a re
port, within forty-eight hours, at the warden’s office, of every vessel he conducts to the
city. No pilot is allowed to charge for any supernumerary inches under six. Every pi
lot charging more for his services than is allowed by law, shall, on due proof thereof, be
deprived of his license for one year. By an act of the 9th of February, 1837, every ves
sel towed by a steamboat from the city of Philadelphia to the buoy of the Brown or the
Breakwater, or from the buoy of the Brown or the Breakwater to the city of Philadelphia,
shall pay pilotage only according to the act of the 20th of March, 1803.
94
10
104
380
Nautical Intelligence.
CUBA REGULATION S O F T R A D E AND T O N N A G E.
The following official notice is issued from the Department of State, at Washington,
under date February 19th, 1846:
“ Information has been received from the United States Consul at Matanzas that, by
‘ certain regulations issued by the government of the island, having relation to our trade,
it is provided that, on and after the 1st day of March, the manifest must contain the name
of the master or supercargo, that of the vessel, her tonnage according to Spanish meas
urement ; the name of the place whence she sailed, the number of packages, boxes, etc.,
composing the cargo, together with the marks and numbers thereof, and the name of the
consignees.’
“ By a table accompanying these regulations, it is stated that 100 tons, United States
measurement, is equal to 123 Spanish.
“ By another article, if the actual measurement here should exceed the reported 10 per
cent, the expense of such measurement must be paid by the vessel.”
T A R IF F OF CHARGES ON CO TTO N A T MOBILE.
The proprietors of the several presses and warehouses at Mobile, have adopted the fol
lowing uniform tariff of charges on cotton:
Factor’s storage on cotton, for the season,...................................20 cents per bale.
Compressing cotton,....................................................................... 50 “
“
Extra ropes on compressed cotton, each,.................................... 6^ “
“
Labor on ship marked cotton,........................................................ 5 “
“
Drayage, compressed
do......................................................... 5 “
“
Wharfage,
do.
do........................................................ 5 “
“
Storage on cotton going coastwise, per w eek,............................ 5 “
“
Turning out and re-storing cotton,............................................... 5 “
“
Arranging.......................................................................................... 3 “
“
NAUTICAL
INTELLIGENCE.
T H E T R IN IT Y CORPORA TION R U L E S O F T H E SEA,
RECOMMENDED BY THE NEW YORK CHAMBER OF COMMERCE TO BE USED BY AMERICAN VESSELS.
T h e rules of Trinity Corporation, as observed by masters of British ships, have been
recommended by the Chamber of Commerce of this city, to be used by American vessels,
when in danger of collision.
The following is the substance of a report made to the Chamber of Commerce :
The Committee report “ that they have carefully examined, highly approve of them,
and advise that they be extensively published and recommended to the observance of all
navigators.”
T he following are the established rules of the Corporation:
Rule I.—That those ships having the wind fair, shall “ give way” to those on a wind.
Rule II.—T hat when both are going by the wind, the vessel on the starboard tack
shall keep her wind, and the one on the larboard tack bear up, thereby passing each
other on the larboard hand.
Rule III.—T hat when both vessels have the wind free, large, or a-beam, and meet,
they shall pass each other in the same way, on the larboard hand, by putting the helm
to port.
Steam vessels are considered in the light of sailing vessels navigating with a fair wind,
and should give wray to sailing vessels on a wind on either tack.
Rules for steam vessels.—W hen steamers meet on different tacks or courses, and there
is danger, if their course is continued, of collision, each vessel shall put her helm to port
Additional proposed rule.—A vessel coming up with another, should pass her to
leeward.
Published by order of the Chamber of Commerce.
P r o s pe r M. W e t m o r e , Secretary.
Nautical Intelligence.
381
N E W LIG H T-H O U SE A T ST. JO H N S, PORTO RICO.
By a letter under date January 8th, 1846, from Henry G. Hubbard, Consul of the
United States at S t Johns, P. R., the Department of State at Washington has been in
formed that “ the captain-general of the island has recently erected a light-house at the
mouth of this harbor. It is situated on the Moro, (castle,) at the east side of the entrance
to the port, at an elevation of 187} feet (Burgos measure) above the surface of the sea.
It has a revolving light, showing 8 seconds of brightness to 114 of darkness, and its col
or is natural.”
DISCOVERY O F A N E W SHOAL.
The following is a description of a shoal fallen in with by the ship Ianthe, of Salem,
on the passage from New Zealand to Manilla, and not laid down in any chart at the pre
sent time. This shoal is directly in the way of whale ships, and other vessels bound to
the islands in the Pacific:
“ On the 9th of January, 1845, discovered a dangerous shoal near us—in all light sails,
and hauled close on the wind to the S. and W., passing over the eastern edge, and within
one or two ship’s lengths of the shallowest part, which appeared to be of sharp rocks,
not more than eight or ten feet under water—the water very much discolored, of a milky
whiteness. The coral branches could be very distinctly seen under the bottom, sound
ings not exceeding, probably, six to eight fathoms. The shoal appeared to extend from
S. by E. to N. by W. about a half a mile. By means of two chronometers that varied but
little from the time of leaving Auckland, a period of 45 days, we placed the shoal in Ion.
145 deg. 39 min. East, and by a good meridian observation, in lat. 5 deg. 53 min. N orth;
the nearest land being at the time the Caroline Islands, about 85 miles distant.”
L IG H T S ON T H E ISLAN D OF MOEN.
The following translation of a notice to mariners has been received at the Department
of State at Washington, from the legation of the United States at Copenhagen:
« A fixed light, with lens apparatus, of the fourth order or class, will be placed in a
light-house 35 feet above the ground, and 80 feet above the level of the sea, on the south
eastern point of the Island of Moen, in lat. 54. 57. N., and Ion. 12. 32}.
« This new light, which will be illuminated for the first time on the 20th of this present
month, (November,) 1845, and afterwards kept burning during the same hours as the
other lights of the kingdom, will be visible from an ordinary ship’s deck at the distance
of three miles, (Danish,) and give light in the sea from the direction of the entrance of
Gronsund, round south and east, until it is covered by Moen’s Klint in the direction of
about north-east half east
PO R T O F CARNARVON.
Notice is hereby given, that on and after the first of January, 1846, a fixed red light
will be exhibited, from dark to daylight, on Landdwynn Point, in Carnarvon Bay. It
will be seen in clear weather about five miles to seaward, between the bearings (from
Landdwynn by compass) of N. W. by N. and S. W. by W . This light is intended solely
as a leading light for the entrance of Menai Straits, by way of Carnarvon bar, and not
for channel purposes. Vessels bound to the straits are recommended not to attempt the
bar until daylight.
J\Ps.
D ollars.
Passenger M dze. and
receipts in o th. rec’pts
in 1845.
1845.
D ollars.
D ollars.
Expenses.
D o lla rs.
D ollars.
487,456
813,480
204,308
13,521
249,729 237,727
370,621 442,859
85,765 118,543
5,520
8,001
350,629
7,811
56,843
78,211
15,797
3,828
350,149
243,626
356,068
112,681
26,814
203,996
152,802
2,906
41,196
29,384
8,206
197,827
4,905
15,647
48,827
7,591
116,840
110,663
179,042
48,010
16,277
78,334
233,309
132,963
177,026
64,671
10,537
125,662
D ollars.
164,958 88,748
202,478 327,723
134,964 38,266
11,962
3,306
13,240 16,119
117)004 58)199
2,380
1,852
19,184
8,804
34,880 13,160
12,340
5,460
2,550
169)427 49,156
190,719 77,393
112,793 62,744
28,560 14,505
2,768 12,032
110,229 57,587
«
$
$
253,706 1 92 0 99 0 93
530,201 1 53 0 69 0 84
173,230 1 18 0 49 0 69
15,268 0 89 0 36 0 53
29,359'.......
175)203 2 00 0 87 1 13
4,23211 84 0 681 16
27,988i2 03 1 47 0 56
48,040) 1 63 0 6 l)l 02
17,800 0 89 0 46 0 43
2,550
218)583 1 60 0 53 1 07
268,112 0 90 0 41 0 49
175,537 2 03 1 02 1 01
43,065 2 61 1 11 1 50
14,800 1 81 1 10 0 71
167,816 1 22 0 47 0 75
g g ’tf a B
=p | g
5- “ g"- t.
“ 3 g. 8 05
»
-
2
g*-oa>s -ao'»
oa" Q
_ 3 aa o (t> o
<
a®
> si. 2.
f : is
a p a =r
s-5 ffl
9 ®
P
>
an
on
>
O
a
UUw
. -j 3 Q
Vx O g 03
m
£ 5- & a
" STo
H
1 § S J * on
•a-S'3 3 W
CD® f—2 £
°-g S5s’- ! s gW
3 «» c3r osp o
►
o g -a *
a
on
P
O
Total,__
683 26,335,934 1,853,963)1,471,255 3,325,218 1,495,2951,826,0951,330,436 835,054 2,165,490 1 56 0 70 0 86
* For eleven months, ending November 29th, 1845.
t Open to Northampton December 13th, 1845.
t Let to the Housatonie Railroad Company.
§ Opened April 7th, 1845.
|| Opened November 10th, 1845.
IT Opened to Shirley Dec. 30th, 1844—throughout, March 5th, 1845.
T he three last columns of the above table show the average receipts, expenses, and nett income per mile run, during the
year 1845.
» ” ^P
CD CD CD
g -S sf
5? 3 | §p
*a
a* “
o “ C
O J
4
3
8,
S"
a- n * 0 O
a-
o
o
a •T”
g* ILg
g
<d o
cd
Sd
f®I—I
a
Pi
o
h»
e
!=»
«
CZ!
H
H
>
3
W
o
!»■
h3
EM
H
>
H—
(
02
H
i—i
O
02
Railroad and Steamboat Statistics.
44 2,900,000 241,219 246,237
Worcester, ....
W estern,......... 156 7,999,556 366,753 446,727
88,106
Nor. & Wor.,* 68 2,170,492 116,202
511,473
10,102
Conn. R iver,t. 38
3,419
21
250,000
Providence,.... 42 1,964)677 232,677 117,952
Stoughton,§.....
7
88,418
3,75;
4,058
11
18,947
250,000
37,896
T aunton,.........
New Bedford,. 21
453,623
52,659
25,552
Fall River,......
17
317,805
2,518
13,279
38
833,536
3,828
Eastern,...........
55 2,47l)561 297,440
52,709
Boston & Me.,.. 70 1,887,329 143,645
99,981
Lowell,............. 26 1,932,598 176,952 179,116
Nashua............
14
500,000
53,007
59,674
Charlest’n B’ch,
6
327,389
3,734
23,080
Fitchburg,IT ... 49 1,477,477 100,817 103,179
T otal
receipts
in 1845.
N ett income p.
m. ru n in 1845.
Cost.
E xpense per m.
ru n in 1845.
L ’th.
T o t. rec. per m.
ru n in 1845.
N am e.
N um ber o f N um b, o f
m iles run miles run T o t. No. of
N ett inc. by passen by mdze. m iles ru n
ger trains, and other in 1845.
in 1845. trains, in
1845.
382
13. S-3 5
T iB L E .
Railroad and Steamboat Statistics.
383
M A SSACHU SETTS RAILW AYS.
M r. H unt—T he official returns to the Legislature of Massachusetts show an increase
in the receipts of this year, compared with the la s t; while there is a decided decrease in
the general expenses, and the average expenses per mile run. This last item varies from
36 cents, on the Connecticut River Railroad, to 147 cents per mile run on the Taunton
Branch, a short railway of 11 miles. The average, it will he perceived, is reduced to
70 cents per mile ru n ; being 30 cents under the average rate in the United States up
to the year 1838, according to the estimate of the Chevalier de Gerstner, and a like rate
at that period in Great Britain.
There are 26 railways in Massachusetts commenced, and in the course of construc
tion, on which upwards of $28,000,000 have been expended. O f this number, only 17
railways are embraced in the tabular statement, being roads that are finished, or partially
finished, producing income, on a cost of......................................................
$26,355,934
$1,471,255
The gross receipts on these roads, from freight,.......
“
“
“
“
passengers,.
1,853,963
Total,.......................................................................
Total expenses of running and repairs,.............
$3,325,218
1,495,295
N ett receipts, near 7 per cent,.................
$1,829,923
The main central line through the state, from Boston to Albany, cost as follows:—
From Boston to Worcester, 44 miles,............................................................
Worcester to Stockbridge and Albany, 156 miles............................
$2,900,000
7,999,956
Total cost of 200 miles,..........................................................
The gross receipts on this line—Passengers,...................
$607,972
“
“
“
Freight,.............................
692,964
$10,899,956
Total............................................................................
Expenses,....................................................................
Equal to 6J per cent on cost,..................................................
$1,300,936
620,350
$680,586
The present nett receipts for dividends on these two roads, now they are amalgamated,
may be set down as above 7 per cen t; as $4,000,000 of the capital on the Western Rail
road is borrowed under the guarantee of the state, at 5 per cen t; and $1,000,000 of the
city of Albany, at 6 per cent
This view of the complete success of 682 miles of railways in Massachusetts, and 707
miles of railways in the state of New York, should convince the most timid capitalists
that this class of investments, particularly with the dividends payable quarterly, as they
should be, are safer and more profitable than banks, and may be considered equal to real
estate, “ when judiciously located, and constructed between desirable points.” This
must eminently be the case between New York city, Albany, and Troy, to Lake Erie,
through the southern tier of counties, and is far more important. A substantial freight
railway, to connect New York with the Connecticut Valley, and 900 miles of railway
now in use, and a like number of miles in the course of construction, that will unite New
York, by continuous lines, to Portland, in Maine, on the northeast, and with Montreal on
the north. It is difficult to estimate the value of the abundant water-power in the Con
necticut Valley, with the travel and traffic, the construction of a railway, by Danbury to
Hartford, will bring to New York city, or a railway extended along the Sound to
New Haven.
That the citizens of New York should lose no time to aid in the construction of sub
stantial railways to the Valley of the Ohio, through the state, and along the south shore
of Lake Erie, is self-evident, now that there is a prospect of reciprocal free trade with
384
Railroad and Steamboat Statistics.
Great Britain, particularly in bread-stuffs, and provisions generally. It is impossible to
get out the western wheat and corn crops to pass them in time, by our canals, for the fall
and winter market of Great Britain. As a consequence, they must go to the warm cli
mate of New Orleans for shipment, down the uncertain, dangerous, and late navigation
of the Ohio and its tributaries, by expensive steamboat navigation, without the reciprocity
in exchange, at New Orleans, there would be with New York, if we had railways to
bring the wheat of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, in the months of August, September, and
October, to be ground at our mills, for the English markets. W ith railways to the west,
and our admirable packets to carry to great advantage the mixed cargoes of corn and
cotton, we could send in our supplies before wheat could be procured from the Baltic or
the Black Sea, should they attempt to compete with us.
It must be perceived that railways are now indispensable to get bread-stuffs, pork, beef,
butter, cheese, &c., from the west, with certainty, and at all seasons, to New York. If
they are neglected, the free trade system of Great Britain will throw into the lap of New
Orleans a trade New York can command by railways, and only by this system of inter
communication. All lines of railways, even south of New York, across the Alleghany
ridge, to Ohio and the W est, will, to a certain extent, be beneficial to the city of New
York. She must forget “ her great natural advantages,” and open her eyes to the fact
that steamboats on the Mississippi and Ohio rivers will have to contend with the Loco
motor, and its train of cars, bringing the grains and provisions of the west to a healthy
city, destined for England, two to three weeks in advance of the time required to make
the voyage from New Orleans to Europe, at an unhealthy season of the year, when the
wheat crop of the west is ready for a market.
j. e . e .
RAILROA DS O F N E W YORK, IN 1845.
The following table of twenty-one railways, is compiled from the official returns made
to the Secretary of State, under oath. It is his third annual report, made in pursuance
of a resolution of the Assembly, 2d February, 1843.
NEW YORK RAILROADS.
N am e of R oad.
Mohawk and Hudson,
Utica & Schenectady,
Syracuse and Utica,
Auburn and Syracuse,
Auburn and Rochester,
Tonawanda,
Attica and Buffalo,
Length,
17
78
53
26
78
431
31
Main Line to Buffalo, 3261
Buffalo and Niag. Falls, 22
Saratoga & Schenec’dy, 22
Troy and Schenectady, 201
Troy and Saratoga,
25
Long Island,!
96
New York and Erie,
53
New York and Harlem, 27
Alb. & W. Stockbridge, 39*
Hudson and Berkshire, 31
Skeneateles and Jordan, 5$
Cayuga & Susquehanna, 29
Troy and Greenbush,
6
Buffalo and BiackRock, 3
Lewiston,
‘
3J
Total,
Exp. of ranCost.
ning, etc.
$1,460,990 $37,667
2,189,505
147,558
1,116,872
140,294
675,239
44,326
1,832,045
96,985
783,409
37,006
303,608
30,975
8,361,669
217,472
300,000
,641,510
1475,801
1,753,046
2,084,408
1,213,456
1,759,827
575,928
27,261
18,000
233,371
21,650
27,050
534,511 795,351
13,530
40,861
24,480
38,611
27,561
58,309
33,943
40,291
300,264 191,414
70,218
83,483
81,958 1,413,340
—*
82,274
23,000
17,989
3,802
3,566
13,725
5,981
98,711
650
9,407
3,845
19,318
7071 $17,710,479 $836,968
t Receipts part steamboat
No.
of pass.
158,541
161,655
123,534
87,244
119,760
73,130
71,487
Income Income Inc. from
from pass. from ft. mails, etc.
$79,644 $14,781
$2,675
358,810
41,769
10,492
182,485
12,946
6,956
79,500
15,557
4,725
214,143
17,128
7,788
89,897
20,311
6,462
6,602
4,300
58,976
1,061,255
25,804
30,468
28,244
28,458
147,650
44,175
167,554
129,094
1,877
5,290
3,070
6,936
19,675
82,170
9,883
8,367
852
2,079
12,200
1,176
4,758
27,572
1,533
10,048
3,647
_*
43,398
912
994
2,048
9,780
172,909
—* no ret’m
271
820
250
$1,563,040 $301,071 $231,109
* Included in Western Railroad,
385
Railroad and Steamboat Statistics.
It will be perceived that 707$ miles of railroad, being an increase of 68}
miles eince the last report, has cost............................................................
Of this sum, is included the cost of the Albany and W est Stockbridge
Railroad, in New York State, but of which there is no return of in
come, (?) being a part of the Albany and Boston Railway—taken off,.
$17,710,479
Total,................................................................................................
1,759,827
$15,950,652
The gross receipts from passengers,.......................................
“
“
freight,..............................................
“
“
mails, and L. I. steamboats,...........
$1,563,040
301,071
231,109
-------------------- $2,095,220
The gross expenses for running the road, and repairs,...................................
836,968
The nett receipts being equalto 7} per cent,......................................
$1,258,252
The main line, 326$ miles, from Albany to Buffalo, (the Mohawk and Hudson, 17
miles, costing three prices,) has yielded near 8$ per cent on a cost of $8,361,669.
Total receiptsfrom passengers,................................................
“
“ freight,......................................................
“
“ mails, & c.,................................................
$1,061,255
129,094
43,398
----------------------------------- $1,233,747
Total expenses of running andrepairs,..........................................................
534,511
Total,..................................................................................
$699,236
It will be noticed that, owing to the restrictivepolicy, forbidding New York railways
to carry freight parallel to th eJin e of the Erie canal, except during the winter months,
and then subject to heavy canal tolls, (a boon not worth accepting to provide the requisite
costly motive power to conduct it,) freight is in the ratio of one to ten on the main line
to Buffalo, and in the whole state as one to five!
How different is the policy in Massachusetts! By reference to the Merchants’ Maga
zine, for 1845, (page 385,) we find that 568 miles of roads, over the rough rocky moun
tains of New England, cost $23,071,503.
The receipts from passengers was..............................................
$1,652,534
“
“
freight,........................................................... ......................
Total,..................................................................................
•The expenses for running and repairs,.....................................
$2,830,517
1,244,290
Equal to 6 f per cent,......................................................
$1,586,227
1,177,983
It should be noted that, in the above cost,is included the Fitchburgh Railroad, (49
miles, $1,150,000,) that had but just commenced; thus producing 7 percent for the Mas
sachusetts roads for the year 1844. This year, it will probably exceed this ratio of nett
increase; and, like the year 1844, show Massachusetts and her railways, for traffic as
well as passengers, in the ratio of near twelve to sixteen; while New York, depending
on her Erie Canal, did not receive from freight but about one-tenth, compared with ninetenths received from passengers by her railroads, as she taxes them with full canal tolls!
This blot on her statute-book should be erased. The public should be accommodated;
yet, in doing it, we would protect the present state indebtedness by imposing moderate
tolls on the railways parallel to the Erie Canal, sufficient to secure the payment of prin
cipal and interest on the canal debt, say in eighteen years. Then, (after allowing 7 per
cent as dividends for risk on this class of investment,) give every encouragement to pri
vate enterprise and capital, invested in the present line of railways to Buffalo, to lay
down a substantial edge-rail, of at least 70 lbs. to the linear yard, and thus save further
state expenditure for canals. W e would reduce the canal tolls on the railways built, and
o be built, on this great thoroughfare, and claim of them a speed for passengers of full
VOL. XIV.----NO. IV.
25
386
Railroad and Steamboat Statistics.
thirty miles per hour, and eight miles per hour for freight;—then avoid, as unjust, all in
terference with the present charters parallel to the Erie Canal, so long as they are restrict
ed to pay full canal tolls in the winter months. W ith the Erie Canal on one side, and
the Erie Railway on the other—also, the several railways to the south of New York,
through Pennsylvania, Maryland, and Virginia, destined to contend for the same trade—
there need be no fear but that the public will be well accommodated by competition. We
shall find it to be for the interest of the interior, as well as the city of New York, to per
mit railways to carry freight the entire year, subject to the payment of moderate tolls,
until the canal debt is paid. Then we would take off tolls entirely, except so far as to
pay for their repairs and attendance.,
j. e . b .
'
»iV
SO U T H W ESTE R N RAILROAD AND BANKING COM PANY.
It appears from the annual ieport*of this Company that it is in a flourishing condition,
and that the gross receipts for freigfit, passage, and the mails, from the first of January,
1845, to the first of January, 1846, amount to $558,697 71, while the current expenses
for the same time are $389,735 10, leaving a nett profitforthe past year of $168,962 61,
of which two dividends have been paid to stockholders of $147,900, leaving a balance
for the improvement of the road of $21,062 61. The number of bales of cotton received
the past year, amounts to 197,657 bales, while the quantity of packages of merchandise
shipped, sums up $82,165. The total number of passengers travelling between Charles
ton, Hamburgh and Columbia, is' reported as 56,785, for which the Company received
$161,967 09. The route of a new road, diverging from the Columbia branch, to run to
Camden, has been surveyed, and the cost of it, estimated at $700,000, has been already
subscribed for, and the work commenced. There is now a continuous line of railroad,
from Charleston, penetrating into Georgia 388 miles, and we trust ere long to see it ex
tended to the great Valley of the Mississippi.
STEAM BOATS B U IL D IN G IN ST. LOUIS, IN 1845.
The Surveyor of the Port of S t Louis, Missouri, has furnished the St. Louis Price
Current with the following statement of steamboats built at St. L ouis; of those built
elsewhere on St. Louis account, and of boats purchased and brought into the St. Louis
trade, in 1845 ; which will be found interesting, as showing a steady increase in this im
portant branch of business:—
BOATS BUILT AT ST. LOUIS.
T onnage.
N am es.
Gov. Briggs,......................
Laclede,............................
Missouri,..........................
Iowa...................................
Dial,..................................
H elen,...............................
91
239
887
249
140
61
Cost.
$9,000
20,000
45,000
22,000
7,000
8,000
N am es.
T o n n ag e. Cost,
Prairie Bird,.....................
Little Dove,......................
Ocean Wave,....................
Convoy,............................
213 $17,000
77
5,500
205
17,000
750
39,000
2,912 i$ 189,500
b c i Lt e l s e w h e r e , t o r st . l o c is o w n e r s .
N am es.
Boreas, No. 2, Pittsburgh,
Nebraska,
“
W ar Eagle,Cincinnati,...
Time, Louisville,.............
Windsor, “
.........
Cost.
222 $20,500
15,500
149
156
14,000
6,500
109
196
16,000
N am es.
Wiota, Elizabethtown,...
Odd Fellow, Smithland,.
Pride of the West, Cinn.,
Total,..
Tonnage Cost.
219 $17,000
7,500
98
20,000
371
■tons 1,520 $117,000
PURCHASED FOR THE ST. LOUIS TRADE.
N am es.
Tonnage. Cost.
N am es.
T onnage. Cost.
56 $2,500
Falcon, of Beaver,.........
144 $6,000 Amulet, of Wheeling,....
4,000
171
Fortune, of Louisville,...
101
6,000 Tioga, of Wheeling,.......
8,000
149
Balloon, of New Albany,
154
6,000 Tributary, of Pittsburgh,.
4,500
188
Radnor, of Jeffersonville,
163
6,000 Lehigh, of Pittsburgh,....
2,000
168
Cecilia, of Pittsburgh......
112
3,000 Cumb’d Valley, Smithl’d,
North Bend, of Pittsb'gh,
120
4,000
Total,................tons 1,674 $61,000
Archer, of Pittsburgh,....
148
9,000
Total addition to S t Louis tonnage,.............................................................. tons
6,106
Total cost,................................................................................................................
$367,500
Mercantile Miscellanies.
387
ME R C A N T I L E MI S CE L L ANI E S .
M E R C A N T IL E LIBRARY COM PANY O F PH ILA D E LPH IA .
annual meeting of this valuable institution took place on the 13th January, 184G,
and we are gratified to learn from the twenty-third annual report, which has just been
published, that it continues to deserve and receive the support of the merchants and mer
chants’ clerks of Philadelphia. The meeting was held in the new hall of the Company,
dedicated to the cause of knowledge and morals, adapted in its arrangements to the pur
poses of its erection, creditable to the liberality of its friends, and worthy of the mercan
tile reputation of Philadelphia. The interior is divided into nineteen apartments, ex
clusive of the cellar. The entire second story of the main building, and of the east wing,
are occupied as the library and reading-rooms of the Company; and the intermediate
story of the same wing is used by the Directors. All the other apartments, except the
intermediate story in the west wing, are rented and occupied by gentlemen and associ
ations of high respectability. The furnaces and flues provided for the purpose, have
proved fully sufficient to supply the whole building with abundant heat, during the cold
est weather experienced since its erection.
The building was erected at an expense of more than $21,000. Large additions have
been made to the library during the last year, and it now contains 10,279 volumes. W e
cannot resist the temptation, in closing the present notice of this Association, of extract
ing a few paragraphs of general interest, from the sensible, well-written report of the
Board of Directors.
T
he
“ In this country, youth forms a large portion of active life ; it throngs the crowded
thoroughfares of the city, it freights every ship that traverses the ocean, its energy is seen
in the busy walks of commerce, and every department of human enterprise feels its power.
Its active and responsible life commences at an earlier age here than elsewhere, it is
sooner released from the restraints of parental government, and earlier aspires to the at
tainment of personal independence.
“ The most of you have engaged in a pursuit, which, although it does not invite you
to studious retirement, is not incompatible with the indulgence of a literary taste, or at
tention to science and the art3. Your profession, honorable as it is, calls for the exer
cise of an enlarged mind and extensive knowledge. Commerce has been at all times a
great agent in promoting the civilization of man, and the transactions of foreign trade
necessarily tend to the wide diffusion of liberal sentiments. Questions relating to the
production and distribution of wealth, views of commercial intercourse between separate
countries, and theories of currency, are the studies of modern statesmen; and interests
binding distinct mercantile communities, may prove to be the pacific element in the set
tlement of difficulties between civilized nations.
“ The intelligent merchant ought to be among the first to discern what is passing in
distant countries or his own, bearing on the interests of his business. He should become
acquainted with the springs of human conduct, the motives that influence the decisions of
men, and the interests by which their passions are aroused, and their prejudices controlled.
Well directed reading and thought will assist to form close and accurate observations of
life and character, and he will be best qualified for the business of the world, who has
just conceptions of the duties of his position, and the requisite ability for meeting them.
“ T o no class of men in this republic, is the dissemination of useful knowledge and
views of sound morality more important than to merchants. Here, their accumulated
wealth has given power, a general prosperity has conferred leisure—a perilous gift to an
uncultivated mind, often abused to the indulgence of mean and degraded excitements,
while the well informed merchant will find that the pleasures of literature shed a cheer
ing light over the quiet scenes of private life; and with paths to honorable ambition open,
incentives to philanthropic labor presented, he will be qualified and disposed to the per
formance of the public duties which his fellow-citizens may require at his hands.
“ The spirit of competition of our age and country has engendered an excited feeling,
an energetic action in all conditions of society. Our government rests for support, prin
Mercantile Miscellanies.
388
cipally, on the general intelligence of the people. W ith a rapidly augmenting population
beyond all precedent, with growing cities approaching the extent and magnificence of
European capitals, filled with dense masses of human beings, the importance of diffused
intelligence is apparent. Under despotic governments ignorance may be a misfortune,
in this country it is a public wrong.”
M ERCA N TILE LIBRA RY ASSOCIA TIO N O F BALTIM ORE.
W e have received the sixth annual report of the Board of Directors of the Mercantile
Library Association of Baltimore ; and it affords us pleasure to mark the steady growth
of an institution so well calculated to elevate the intellectual character of the future mer
chants of the country. The report is just such a paper as we should expect from our
friend, Charles Bradenbaugh, the intelligent President—chaste, brief, and to the point.
From it we learn that the number of its members has been largely increased, its library
considerably augmented ; and general indications of a vigorous activity in its officers,
denote that the same zeal and spirit which watched over its infancy, will not be wanting
in its maturity. The number of volumes in the library at the close of the preceeding year,
was 4,393, which has been increased to 5,221. The additions were made chiefly by
purchase, the donations amounting to only thirty volumes. The number of periodicals
received at the reading-room, is 28— 6 quarterlies, 13 monthlies, and 9 weeklies. The
number of active members at the last report was 361, which has been increased, after de
ducting the withdrawals, to 571; an addition of 204 in one year—101 honorary, and
339 active members have used the library during the year, and drawn from it an aggre
gate of 8,500 volumes. From the treasurer’s report, it appears that the revenue of the
year, from all sources, was $1,920; and that $1,800 have been expended for books, etc.,
leaving a small balance in the treasury.
A R T IC L E S CONSUMED IN T H E M ANUFACTURE O F GLASS.
W e cheerfully give place to the following communication from Mr. Samuel Hunt, Clerk
of the Boston and Sandwich Glass Company. It requires no comment.
H u n t , Esq., Editor Merchants’ M agazine:
S ir:—I take the liberty to hand you herewith a statement of the consumption of arti
cles that enter into the manufacture of Flint Glass in the United States, and which shows
conclusively the importance of continuing the protection to that branch of business, into
which the raw material of our own country enters so largely—and would also remark,
that the amount of capital invested in this business is about $2,000,000, and the glass
manufactured annually exceeds $2,500,000. The number of manufactories engaged in
this business is nineteen.
Bituminous coal, Amer......bush. 1,201,000 Straw,.................................... tons
1,700
“
Foreign,..........
50,000 Staves,................................... No. 475,000
Anthracite coal,....................tons
4,500 Hoops............................................ 270,000
Wood, .................................cords
8,666 Boards,................................... feet 1,400,000
F
reem an
Silex,......................................tons
3,555
Iron,'.............................................
Borax,......................................lbs.
970
20,400
Saltpetre,.....................................
272,600
Manganese,..................................
6,500
To which may be added one or two hundred thousand dollars’ worth of brass, Britan
nia, and tin, trimmings, mountings, &c., to glass articles.
The window glass manufactories, no doubt, consume more fuel, ash, and some other
materials, than the foregoing exhibits.
If you consider the above of sufficient importance to give it a place in your valuable
Journal, you will much oblige
Yours, respectfully,
S a m u el H
unt,
Clerk o f the Boston and Sandwich Glass Company.
Mercantile Miscellanies.
389
N E W ENGLAND M UTUAL L IF E INSURAN CE COMPANY.
This company was commenced February 1st, 1844, since which 802 policies have
been effected on good terms, and with a well-invested capital. From the first report,
which has been recently published, we glean the following facts:
The amount of insurance in policies for the whole life, is $868,541 62, and
.$1,073,235 50 in those for periods of years. Only four policies have terminated in loss
es, viz: one of $2,000, two of $1,000 each, and one of $500, all of which were paid.
Persons insured—253 merchants, traders and brokers; 86 mechanics and tradesm en;
82 clerks, cashiers, treasurers and bank officers; 61 students, and 58 lawyers ; 46 teach
ers and literary professors; 45 manufacturers; 41 clergymen ; 31 farmers; 28 physicians;
25 editors and booksellers; 18 engineers and machinists ; 14 females; 61 master mar
iners ; 9 keepers of hotels; 29 artists, officers, etc., etc. Much the largest proportion of
policies, are to make provisions for families of the parties insured, or persons dependent
upon them, and the law of Massachusetts protects the same, whether a person dies in
solvent or not.
“ LO U ISIA N A : IT S AGRICULTURAL AN D COM M ERCIAL IN T E R E S T S .”
In the Merchants’ Magazine for February, 1846, we published an article with the
above title, which we received from the New Orleans Chamber of Commerce. The
document was drawn up by the Chamber, as a reply to certain questions propounded by
the Secretary of the Treasury, and forwarded to W ashington; but does not appear in the
voluminous report of the Secretary. W e have since received the following letter from a
highly respectable gentleman of Portland, Me., and we cheerfully comply with his re
quest to give it a place in the pages of this Magazine. W e candidly express our igno
rance, as to the matter in dispute, and we shall be glad to hear from the respectable gen
tlemen of the Chamber of Commerce at New O rleans:—
TO THE EDITOR AND PROPRIETOR OF THE “ MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW.”
Freeman H unt, Esq.—Sir—Having been a subscriber to your Magazine since the com
mencement, I have always perused it with pleasure, and prize it highly for the valuable
information with which it abounds, and have been accustomed to place confidence in it
for its statements, particularly in its statistical information, and have ever valued it as a
very useful reference-book, especially for the mercantile portion of the community ; and
I therefore take the liberty of calling your attention to an article in the February num
ber of the present year, entitled “ Louisiana: its Agricultural and Commercial Interests ;”
which article contains many valuable and interesting statistics; but unless those with
which I am not conversant are not more correct than the statements contained in the last
paragraph, commencing on the 150th page, I shall have good reason to doubt the correct
ness of any one of them ; it is there stated that of “ about 17,000,000 gallons of molasses
imported into the United States in 1843-4 from Cuba, only 500,000 gallons is known in
Cuba by the name of molasses,” and this quantity, 500,000 gallons, “ is the drainings of
Muscovado sugar,” and that the residue, 16,500,000 gallons, is there called “ syrup,” and
not known in Cuba by the name of mplasses; and that this “ syrup,” as the gentlemen
committee say who give this astonishing information to the Secretary of the Treasury, is
produced from the sugars which are clayed in Cuba, and imported into the United States
under a molasses duty, for the purpose of having extracted by “ the establishments of the
north” 125,000,000 pounds of sugar! thus “ greatly injuring the interests of the Louisi
ana sugar-planters ! and causing a loss to the United States revenue of three millions of
dollars!” Now I ask in all candor, can it be possible that the gentlemen who make
this statement believe it to be true ? and from the known reputation of one of them in
this quarter, it cannot be thought that they would knowingly make any false statement,
and yet, it is too much to believe that they were thus ignorant; yet you may rest as
sured, sir, that it is a gross misrepresentation, and that the article which these gentlemen
denominate “ syrup,” and “ arising,” as they say, in the operation of claying sugar, is the
most inferior quality of molasses, and principally used in the United States for the distilla
tion of spirit; and a portion of that which is sweet, (as the greater part is frequently sour,)
by families in New England in lieu of sugar, as it is very much cheaper; and the quality
Mercantile Miscellanies.
390
which they say is known only as molasses in Cuba, and made from the drainings of Mus
covado sugar, is much superior in quality to the other, or clayed molasses, as it is termed,
and always costs more in Cuba, and sells for a much higher price in this country. I am
constrained to believe, sir, that you did not notice the misrepresentation alluded to, or
you would have given this portion of the article an explanatory note; and I hope you
will not object to publishing this in your next number, so that the “ Committee of the
Chamber of Commerce at New Orleans” may inform themselves on this subject, and cor
rect their very great and palpable error which they have either knowingly or ignorantly
made.
g.
Portland, March 5, 184G.
B R IT IS H T R A D E W IT H CHINA.
Returns of trade at the ports of Amoy and Shanghai, for the year 1844, received from
Francis C. Macgregor, the British Consul at Canton, have been laid before Parliament.
W e have received a copy of these returns, and now proceed to present to the readers of
this Magazine a summary statement. The returns exhibit a great increase, particularly
in cotton goods, notwithstanding the resort of British shipping to the new ports of China.
T he total number of vessels from all countries which arrived at Canton for the year end
ing December 31, 1844, was 360, of 142,099 tons, and 296 vessels of 140,182 tons,
cleared.
All monopolies, with the exception or a few reserved by the Chinese Government,
have ceased ; the foreign shipping is no longer exposed to the caprice and extortion of
rapacious mandarins, and the duties both of imports and exports are, in most instances,
fixed on s® moderate a scale as hardly to afford a sufficient temptation to the regular
merchants to evade them. Thus relieved from all those trammels by which it was for
merly fettered, the trade of Canton has increased beyond die most sanguine expectations,
and notwithstanding the opening of the northern ports, which have attracted no incon
siderable portion of the China trade, the importation of British woollens, and especially
of cottons, into Canton, in 1844, has far exceeded the maximum of former periods. The
import trade with Canton, in 1844, was carried oil in 206 British vessels, of 104,322 tons,
and 96 Hong-Kong lorchas, of 5,784 tons, and the various articles supplied form a total
amount of 15,929,132 dollars, inclusive of treasure. British manufactures and staple ar
ticles were imported to the amount of $7,860,676, among which were woollen goods
amounting to $2,898,866, and cotton fabrics, including yarns, to the extent of $4,722,836,
while the importation of raw cotton and other products of India and the eastern coun
tries forms an item of $7,645,564, exclusive of opium, of which latter article, the enor
mous quantity of 40,000 chests was supplied by the contraband trade, representing a
capital of nearly $20,000,000.
British woollens imported into Canton amounted in 1844 to 4,745,448 yards, and cot
tons to 1,158,475 pieces. As to the export trade, it appears that commodities were ex
ported from Canton in 164 British vessels of 83,679 tons, to the amount of $17,925,360,
among which tea, raw silk, and cassia, as usual, formed the most important objects, con
stituting nine-tenths of the value of all the articles exported, of which $16,398,950 con
sisted in raw produce, and $1,526,410 in various articles of Chinese manufacture. It
has been ascertained from memoranda which Mr. Macgregor made, that the value in
round numbers of the return cargoes shipped off from thence in British vessels to the sev
eral countries and places, was distributed in the following proportion, viz.:—
1st,
2d,
3d,
To ports of the United Kingdom,..............................................
“
British India,................................
“
Singapore, Manilla, Australia, Nova Scotia,
and South America,...................................
Total,.
$15,400,000
2,100,000
400,000
$17,900,000
Mercantile Miscellanies.
391
Of the 228 vessels of 111,350 tons, under British colors, which arrived in the course of
the year, 162 ships of 70,768 tons were actually British, the rest of 66 ships of 30,582
tons being ships belonging to British India and the British Colonies, termed “ country
ships.” The number of ships which entered in ballast was 16, of 5,300 tons, arriving
from Hong-Kong, Manilla, and the Straits of Malacca, and Australia, in search of a freight
of tea, while the number of those which departed in ballast, amounted to 61, of 27,723
tons, destined for Hong-Kong, Singapore, Manilla, and India. The number of British
vessels still in the river at Whampoa, on the 31st of December, 1844, was 26, of 13,638
tons, but a great part of them were dispatched in the course of January.
Mr. Macgregor, the Consul at Canton, in his letter to John F. Davis, her majesty’s
Minister Plenipotentiary, says
“ The market, notwithstanding importations unusually large, has not shown any ap
pearance of being glutted; and although the eagerness to do business evinced by the na
tive merchants, recently established, involved diem in slight embarrassments towards the
end of the season, yet it seems that all pecuniary engagements were ultimately fulfilled,
and that no bankruptcies of any note are on record. W hatever turn the China trade may
take hereafter, it is pretty certain that Canton will always retain a very important share
in it as an emporium for the supply of the southern division of this vast empire, while the
wealth and industrious habits of the people must exercise a great influence in the inte
rior. Although this commerce must be considered as still in its infancy, yet there is every
prospect that, in proportion with the demand for European articles which the industry of
our manufacturers and the activity of our merchants has created among the Chinese
population, it will become firmly established and gradually increase, without requiring,
for the present at least, any further interference on the part of the legislature.”
M IN IN G O PERA TIO N S O F T H E FRENCH .
The French minister of public works, has just published the report of the works ot
the engineers of mines, etc., during the year 1844, and which acquires fresh importance
every year as the working of mines become more developed. The report, after giving a
detailed list of the departments in which the mines of different metals and minerals are
found, proceeds thus:—
“ The number of mines now worked amounts to 446, viz: 261 of co al; 143 of iron ; 14
of lead, copper, silver,, antimony, and manganese ; 16 of bituminous minerals, and 12 of
rock salt. These works give employment to upwards of 33,880 men. The dues for the year,
calculated on the nett produce, amount to 369,903 francs, being 11, 553 francs more than
in 1843. Several quarries of white statuary marble have been opened in the departments
of Ariege, the Aube, Isere, and the Hautes Pyreneese. The quarry of St. Beat, in the
Hautes Pyreneese, has in particular furnished an enormous stock of white marble, of the
first quality, for an equestrian statue. Quarries of black and green marble have been
reopened in the Hautes Alps, the Ariege, the Aube, and the Isere, to supply materials
for the crypt of Napoleon, in the Church of the Invalids. Other quarries of brown and
green marble have been reopened in the Basses Pyrenees, which were worked with great
sucoess in the time of Louis the XIV., and have furnished, amongst other products of great
beauty, twelve columns, of four metres in height, by fifty-five centimetres in diameter,
which were ordered by the King of Prussia for the museum o f Berlin, and have, in the
short space of two months, been extracted, turned, polished and completed, at the exten
sive works of Bagncres Bigorre. Iron works have of late acquired great extension, and
several important improvements have been introduced into the different processes. The
information obtained by the superintending engineers, as to the manufacture of steamengines, is divided under two heads; first, steam-engines and boilers used on land ; and
second, those used on board steam-vessels. The locomotives on railways are included
in the first category. In the first class, we find 6,350 steam-boilers (5,613 of which are made
in France) in use in 1843 ; out of this number, 1,698 afford steam for different purposes,
and 4,652 supplied 3,369 steam-engines, 633 of which were of high, and 2,736 of low
pressure, representing together a force of 127,542 horse power, and replacing the labor
of 892,790 men. In the second class, we find that in 1843 the number of steamboats
was 242, being thirteen more than in the previous year, and representing a force of 38,244
horse power. The weight transported by these steamboats, including that of passengers,
is 1,487,787 tons.”
Mercantile Miscellanies.
392
T H E E F F E C T S OF W A R ON AM ERICA N COMMERCE.
T he statements below, in relation to the revenue and tonnage of the United States du
ring the last war with Great Britain, derived from the appendix to Albert Gallatin’s let
ters on the Oregon question, forcibly illustrates the commercial disadvantages of settling
national questions by an appeal to arms— a method equally opposed to Christianity and
Common Sense.
“ The actual receipts into the treasury, derived from customs, were in round numbers
for the years 1812, 1813, 1814, respectively 8,960,000, 13,225,000, and 6,000,000 of dol
lars ; and the nett revenue which accrued during those three years respectively amounted
in 1812 to 13,142,000, in 1813 to 6,708,000, and in 1814 to 4,250,000 dollars. From
the 1st of July, 1812, the rate of duties on importations was doubled; and in order to
compare these receipts with those collected in peace time, they must be reduced for those
three years respectively, to 7,470,000,* 6,600,000, and 3,000,000; or, if the revenue ac
crued be compared (which is the correct mode) to 9,850,000,* 3,354,000, and 2,125,000
dollars. A t that time the duties accrued were, on account of the credit allowed, collected
on an average only six or eight months la te r; and the unexpected importations in the
latter half of the year 1812 in American vessels which arrived with British licenses, sub
sequent to the declaration of war, and to the act which doubled, the rates of duties, swelled
considerably the receipts of the year 1813. It was only in 1814 that the full effect of
the war on the revenue derived from that source was felt.
“ The diminution in the amount of American and foreign tonnage employed in the
foreign trade of the United States, is strongly exhibited by the following statem ent:
Tonnage
ia
foreign trade, F . S.
American vessels.
Foreign vessels.
Total.
Year 1811,........................
948,207
33,203
981,410
“ 1812,........................
667,999
47,099
715,098
« 1813,........................
237,348
113,827
351,175
“ 1814.........................
59,626
48,302
107,928
“ And it must be recollected that during the last nine months of 1814, Great Britain
was at peace with all the other powers of Europe, and that these were therefore neutrals.
Y et they, hardly ventured to trade with us.
“ The amount of receipts into the treasury derived from customs, as well as that of the
revenue accrued, exceeded, during the eleven years 1801 to 1811, 132,700,000 dollars,
being an annual average of about 12,000,000 dollars. During the same eleven years,
the average amount of tonnage employed in the foreign trade of the United States was
943,670 tons, of which 844,170 were in American, and 99,500 foreign vessels.
“ Thus in the year 1814, the revenue derived from customs had been reduced to onefourth part, (to nearly one-sixth part, if compared according to the revenue accrued, or
the amount of importations,) the tonnage employed in the foreign trade of the United
States to nearly one-ninth ; and that of the American vessels employed in that trade, to
one-fourteenth part of their respective average amount during the eleven years of peace.”
CO PPER M IN ES OF N E W JERSEY .
The N ew Jersey copper mines, of which there are a number in the state, seem to be at
tracting attention, since the Lake Superior copper region has been brought into notice.
W e learn by the Hunterdon Gazette, that the Flemington copper mines, owned by Hugh
Capner, Esq., are about to be reopened under the auspices of a gentleman who is inter
ested in the Lake Superior mines. He has had the ore from Mr. Capner’s mines tho
roughly tested, and it is pronounced to be of a very superior quality. The Gazette adds,
that the suspension of the working of them when before open, arose from pecuniary em
barrassments, produced by the pressure and panic, which at that time extended through
out the Union.
Large deposits of copper ore have been heretofore found near Somerville, New Bruns
wick, Woodbridge, Belleville, and other places in the state of New Jersey. The old
Schuyler Mine, near Belleville, on the left bank of the Passaic, and within five miles of
the city of Newark, was discovered as early as 1719 ; and as the policy of Great Britain
at that time prohibited every species of manufactures in the colonies, the ore was exported
* Estimated rate for 1812.
Mercantile Miscellanies.
393
in a crude state to England. From the books of the discoverer, (Arent Schuyler,) it ap.
pears that before the year 1731, he had shipped 1,386 tons to the British copper worksSome thirty years afterwards, as runs the history, the mine was leased to a company, and
Josiali Hornblower, Esq., the eminent English engineer, (and the father of the present
chief justice,) came over with a steam-engine, of the imperfect construction then in use,
to prosecute the enterprise. This is believed to have been the first steam-engine put in
operation in this country. The mine was worked profitably for some four years, when
a dismissed workman destroyed it by fire. Another company in England, acquainted
with the superior quality of the ore, obtained permission from the crown to construct
works for smelting and refining copper, and offered Mr. Schuyler £100,000 for his estate,
including the mine. This he refused, but proposed to join them in rebuilding the works.
But the xevolution defeated the project Several similar efforts have been made to work
the mine since, but failed through adverse circumstances. The ore is said to be very
rich, having yielded from 60 to 70 per cent of copper. The vein it is said will produce
over 100 tons of ore annually.
SM UGG LIN G O F GOODS IN SPA IN .
Although the Spaniards have a dislike, as we are told, to foreigners and foreign pro
ductions, yet the latter necessarily find their way into Spain, because she has no pro
ductions of her own, and must have them. But they hate custom-houses and custom
house officers as much as they do foreigners ; and they also prefer a smuggled article,
even if it is a foreign production; hence it is that there is no scene in Spanish life with
out a smuggler, at least so say the English. The peasant smuggles through necessity,
the rich man through avarice, or the pleasure of cheating the revenue. Even the queen,
we are told, robs her own exchequer, by wearing contraband finery. The whole south
ern coast, says a writer in the Foreign Quarterly, from Barcelona to Cadiz, is per
petually transformed, at night, into a strand for the loading of contraband goods. It is
estimated that there are not less than 400,000 smugglers hovering perpetually about the
mountains near the sea-coast, who descend at night to hold communion with pro
scribed foreign smugglers, and receive from them the materials for rendering millions of
the Spanish population comfortable, free of duty. The annual amount of cotton goods
smuggled into Spain, if we may believe Marlioni, a Spanish senator, is more than
$13,000,000.
IN C R E A SE O F N A T IO N A L W E A L T H IN G REA T BRITA IN .
In an article o nthe annual accumulation of capital in the London Economist’s Rail
way Monitor of the 4th of October, 1845, we meet with the following extraordinary in
stances of extension: In 1820, the whole of the shipping belonging to the United King
dom was 2,648,593 to n s; at the commencement of last year it had increased to 3,587,387
tons, notwithstanding all the ships that during that 24 years have been worn out, or lost
at sea. In 1820, Great Britain had cotton factories capable of working up 151,000,000
lbs. of cotton wool, and now they are so extended, that last year she worked up more
than 700,000,000 lbs. In 1820, she had woollen factories capable of working up 7,691,000
lbs. of foreign sheep’s wool, which are now increased to 59,493,000 lbs. of foreign wool,
independent of the increase which has in the meantime taken place in the home growth.
The silk, linen, and other manufacturing pursuits have extended in a similar way ; and
this has all been done by the annual investment of the savings of the country, either in
absolute extension of mills, or in improvements in the productive power of machinery.
The declared value of British exports in 1820, was £35,568,000, and the official value
of her imports £31,484,000; but last year her exports had risen to £58,584,000, and Iter
imports to £75,441,555.
394
Mercantile Miscellanies.
T H E FR E N C H COM M ERCIAL M A RINE.
The following statement of the “ French merchant marine,” as compared with England
and the United States, is from the “ Paris Siecle.”
“ Previous to the wars of the revolution, the effective of the commercial service of
France was 500,000 tons. According to the customs report, it increased to 604,000 for
the year 1844. This augmentation, however, is not proportioned to the development of
the industrial activity. It appears yet more moderate when compared with the enormous
increase of the marines of our rivals. In 1788, the tonnage of the commercial navy of
England was 1,120,000 tons ; at present it is 3,000,000. The United States in 1841
had 2,130,000 tons. Thus it will be seen that our effective is but a sixth of that of Great
Britain, and a quarter of that of the United States. During the last five years, the loss in
our merchant service has been considerable, since its tonnage in 1844 showed a decrease
of 69,000 tons when compared with 1839. In the year 1839, France possessed 15,600
vessels ; she now.has but 13,679. O f this number, 8,900 are under 30 tons ; 2,852 from
30 to 99; and among the 1,708 which are described as vessels of from 99 to 300 tons,
one-quarter at most are fit to make long voyages. Add to this number 219 large ves
sels of from 300 to 600 tons, and we shall have about 652 large vessels capable of carry
ing heavy merchandise and performing long voyages. W e do not possess a single ship
of 700 tons, whilst England sends to her colonies whole fleets of ships, each of 1,200 tons
or more. In 1836, France had 861 ships of from 200 to 800 tons; in 1840, 726; in 1841,
658; in 1843, 655 ; and at the close of 1844, we had but 652 of from 200 to 600 tons.
Thus our privateers have drawn from our commerce in the course of eight years, 209 of
of our large vessels. Those of less tonnage have undergone the same process.
8?' The following table, embracing a period of five years, will show that whilst our mer
chant service has continued gradually to decrease, that of foreign nations has augmented
in a proportionate ratio.
FRENCH COMMERCE.
1840..
1841..
1842..
1843..
1844..
f o r e ig n
Co m m e r c e -
Tons.
T ors.
907.000
871.000
811.000
698.000
770.000
1.683.000
1.886.000
1.901.000
1.941.000
2.031.000
“ These facts speak for themselves. It is an incontestible fact, that since the accession
to power of the present deplorable cabinet, the losses of cur commercial navy may be added
to the desaveux of the war navy. If the Chambers of Commerce of our great ports were
charged to reply to the assertion contained in the speech from the throne respecting the
increase of public prosperity, we are well assured what that language would be.”
LOUISIANA L A W O F A R R E S T FO R D E B T .
A principle relative to the law of arrest, of some interest to strangers visiting New
Orleans, has recently been decided by Judge Buchanan, of the District Court, in the case
of D. Prosky, vs. D. Hansborough. The defendant, who had been arrested, took a rule
on the plaintiff to show cause why he should not be released from custody, and the wait
of arrest be quashed, on the ground that the plaintiff, being a non-resident creditor, had
no right to arrest the defendant, who was a citizen of another state, viz., Mississippi. It
was proved on the trial, that D. Prosky, the plaintiff, had removed from Rodney, in Mis
sissippi, to New Orleans, about two months previous to the institution of the suit, where
he had rented a room, and opened business as a broker and commission merchant. The
domicil of defendant was admitted to be in Mississippi. Upon these facts the court de
cided : First—That the plaintiff was not a resident of Louisiana, the acts of 1816 and of
1818 requiring an “ uninterrupted residence of twelve months,” to give a legal domicil to
any stranger coming into Louisiana. Second—T hat the defendant being a citizen of
another state, viz., of Mississippi, could not be held to bail under the act of 1840, by a
non-resident creditor. The judgment of the court was accordingly rendered, making the
rule absolute, and discharging the defendant from imprisonment;
Mercantile Miscellanies.
395
T R IC K S IN T H E TOBACCO TRADE.
The NewvOrleans Commercial Times has recently published several communications
from correspondents, exposing dishonest tricks in the tobacco trade of that city. In that
valuable commercial journal of the 30th January, we find an article on the subject, which
the editor informs us “ is from a source of the highest respectability.” The writer states
it as a well known fact that many lots of tobacco were sold in the New Orleans market,
during the last season, which, when compared with the samples, showed a difference in
quality of from one to four cents per pound. One small lot of cigar leaf was shipped to
Richmond, which cost 74c. W hen opened in that market, it was found to be common
factory lugs, not worth more than 24c. per pound. Another parcel was sent to Mar
seilles, which resulted in the same manner. “ Such gross, mysterious errors,” adds the
writer, “ could not have originated with the inspectors ; unless, indeed, they were im
posed upon by the knowing ones of the warehouse. By this epithet, is understood, the
person who draws the sample from the hogshead, on which the inspectors pass their judg
ment. An individual who is blessed with a faculty of drawing from the hogshead under
inspection, the best portion of the tobacco, and thereby misrepresenting its quality, is de
nominated par excellence, ‘ a fine sampler.’ ”
The closing remarks of the writer in the “ Commercial Times,” are mostly of the con
sideration of the appointing power in every state, where inspectors of merchandise are
required or authorized by law. He says:—
“ With regard to the appointment of inspectors, there is no great diversity of opinion.
They should be chosen for their abilities for the office, and not as the political friends of
the party that may happen to be in power. Political faith cannot be deemed a good
reason why a tnan should be a competent judge of tobacco. Commerce and politics have
little sympathy for each other. W e require men who know their business, it matters not
to what political party they belong, or whether they belong to any party. The tobacco
trade of this city is immense, and yearly increasing in importance. The whole manage
ment of the business, at this port, is radically wrong, and requires a thorough reform.
That enormous frauds have been practised, none will deny. Let us guard against the
abuses for the future. Let the merchants take this matter in hand—vindicate the char
acter of our city from the imputations cast upon it, and establish this important branch of
commerce on a basis that will insure justice to all.”
T H E H O P T R A D E OF N E W ENGLAND.
Returns are received from four of the principal inspectors in the New England States,
one in Massachusetts, and three in New Hampshire ; these returns foot up 3,240 bales,
against 3,108 bales in the last year. From five other inspectors no returns have as yet
been received. The whole crop of the New England States last year was 4,350; this
year it will vary but-little from that amount. The crop of the State of New York last
year was 6,000 bales, thus making jthe whole crop of the United States 10,350 bales.
There was exported in 1844 6,000 bales, which left the consumption of this country 4,350
bales—just the growth of the New England States. The principal part of the 6,000 bales
exported in 1844, was from New York ; the- exports from Boston were chiefly to Havre,
London, Gottenburg and Hamburg—invoiced generally at 14c. per pound, and the result
of the shipments, a loss of about one-half. Now, calling the crop of the New England
States this year 4,250 bales—3,800 bales have already passed for consumption, and there
now remain, chiefly in second hands, 450 bales only. The crop in New York last year
was 6,000 bales, against an estimated crop of 4,000 this year—which shows a deficiency
of 2,000 bales. There have been exported this year, to the present time, 380 bales, which
leaves on hand 3,620. Deduct therefrom 700 bales, the quantity which is still wanting for
home consumption, and there remains 2,920, which, added to the 450 bales now remain
396
Mercantile Miscellanies.
ing in Boston, and there are left 3,370 bales over the consumption of last year. Prices of
hops commenced in 1844, at
a lOJc. per pound, which advanced by speculation to
14c. Duty in England, same year, £143,000. This year prices commenced at 9J a lOJc.,
and have been advanced by speculation, in Boston, to 25c., and New York to 30 a 35c.
per pound—English duty now estimated at £160,000.
PO R T O F L A F A Y E T T E , LOUISIANA.
Lafayette City, the capital of Jefferson parish, is situated on the north side of the Mississippi river, but two miles west by south of the city of New Orleans. Though the cap
ital of another parish, it is virtually a continuation of New Orleans, which joins it on the
north-east. The New Orleans Commercial Bulletin says there is scarcely a visible line
of demarcation between the two cities, for the suburbs of each absolutely come in contact,
the houses respectively being on the same line, though at intervals more or less great;
and before many years shall elapse, the eye will not be able to detect a break in the dwell
ings, warehouses, and other erections along the river front, from the Triangle Buildings,
to the uppermost part of Delasisse.
Lafayette, a few years ago, adds the Bulletin, was almost a waste. By the skill, pub
lic spirit, indomitable energy and enterprise of her citizens, she has emerged from the
swamp, cleared herself from thd forest timber, which trammelled her in every part, and
organized herself as a worthy compeer of New Orleans, under whose very shadow she has
risen, progressed and prospered. In 1833, the first year of her incorporation, the revenue
of the city of Lafayette, from all sources, amounted to only $1,450. Three years ago,
the receipts had increased to $55,000; last year to $73,000 ; and the income of 1846
is now estimated, on data sufficiently accurate to lead one to believe in it, as a fixed fact,
at $100,000! Here is an increase of nearly 70 per cent in the revenue of a city whose
existence only dates from a period of thirteen years back.
T H E COTTON M A N U FA CTU RE IN FR A N C E .
The Commerce publishes the following details relative to the manufacture of cotton
twist in F ran ce:—
“ It is not long since our manufacturers have succeeded in spinning cotton thread suf
ficiently fine for tulles and fine muslins. The greater part of the twist used in those
manufactures was smuggled into France from England, and it became necessary to per
mit them to be imported on the payment of a duty. An ordinance of the year 1834,
sanctioned by the bill of the 2nd of July, 1836, admitted spun cotton of No. 143 1170
English) and over, on payment of a uniform duty of 7f. 70c. the kilogramme (21b. weight)
plain thread, and 80f. 80c. twisted thread. It is against this duty that the French spin
ners remonstrate, alleging the change in manufactures that has arisen since the year 1836.
Since that period, several factories for producing fine cotton thread have been established
in Lille, and not only do we spin finer thread, but we are enabled to sell it at a reduced
price. For example, at the exposition of 1827, No. 180 was sold at 20f. the pound weight.
It fell successively to 18f. in 1834, to 16f. in 1839, and at present it is sold at lOfi 50c. to
Ilf., which represents a reduction of three-fifths within fifteen years. It is on account of
this improvement that the spinners demand a modification of the existing tariff, and they
further state that the fixed duty does not sufficiently protect the higher numbers. In
1836 the fixed duty was framed with a view of reaching the numbers from 143 to 190,
as our spinners at that period could not produce anything superior. But at present we
produce the numbers 180 to 200, and there are some establishments which produce the
numbers from 200 to 300. Our manufacturers, therefore, desire that a graduated scale of
duties be formed proportioned to the fineness of cotton thread, in the same manner as it
is applied to flaxen thread. The manufacturers of fine muslin and of tulle are opposed
to this arrangement. They assert that the present tariff has produced such favorable re
sults that it would be injurious to the manufacturers to make any change. Such is the
state of the question which has been referred to the councils-general for their con
sideration.”
The Book Trade,
397
THE BOOK TRADE.
B y F r a n c i s J e f f r e y , now one o f th e Judges o f the
Court of Sessions in Scotland. F our volum es com plete in one. P h ila d e lp h ia : C arey & H art.
T he “ Edinburgh R eview ” has, for nearly h a lf a century, sustained very high rank, an d h as, u n
questionably, been conducted w ith m ore learning and ability th a n any sim ilar w ork. Its contribu
tions h ave been draw n from th e leading minds o f E n g la n d ; Scott, S ydney Sm ith, Brougham , Macauley, Stephens, Carlyle, and a host of brilliant nam es too num erous to be m entioned, hav e, from
time to time, added to th e valu e and in terest of its pages. Jeffrey, w hose contributions to tho R eview
are em braced in th is volum e, w rote th e first article in th e first num ber, w h ic h appeared in October,
1802, and sent his la st contribution to it in October, 1840. H e w as sole editor from 1803 till la te in
1839, and during th a t period w as a large an d regular contributor. D uring a ll th a t tim e h e h a s su s
tained the reputation of th e first review w riter of th e age. H is contributions include a w ide range
of topics, em bracing general literature, literary biography, history, an d historical mem oirs, poetry,
philosophy o f th e m ind, m etaphysics and jurisprudence, novels, tales, and prose w orks o f fiction,
general politics, &c. T h e papers o f Jeffrey are not confined to th o ta sk of pronouncing on th e mere
literary m erits o f th e w orks review ed, b u t h e goes deeply into principles, and takes large an d general
views o f all th e im portant questions to w h ich th e works u n d er review relate. W e can n o t b etter
express our opinion o f these collections o f essays, th a n in th e language o f th e au th o r, in one o f h is
reviews. “ T his, on th e w hole, is an excellent book; and w e v en tu re to anticipate th a t it w ill be
an enduring one. N eith er do w e h az ard this prediction lightly, or w ith o u t a full consciousness o f all
that it im plies. W e are perfectly aw are th a t th e re are few m odern w orks th a t are likely to verify i t ;
and th a t it probably could not be extended w ith safety to so m any as one in a hundred, even o f those
w hich w e praise.”
I — C o n tr ib u tio n s to th e E d i n b u r g h R e v i e w ,
2 — J o u r n e y to A r a r a t . By Dr. F r i e d r i c h P a r r o t , Professor of N atu ral Philosophy in th e U n i
versity o f Dorpat, Russian Im perial Counsellor o f S tate, K night o f th e O rder o f St. A nne, &c.
W ith Map, and W ood-cuts. T ranslated by W .D . C o o l e y . H arper & B rothers’ N ew M iscellany.
The publishers o f this w ork h av e been singularly successful in th e selection o f th e eight first
volumes o f th e series. I t is th u s far com posed o f w orks o f a perm anent an d stan d ard valu e, and th e
extraordinary low price a t w h ich th e y are afforded, places th e m w ithin th e reac h o f persons
of moderate m eans. T h e sacred associations, and th e in te re st attaching to th e first ascen t b y a
modern traveller, is acknow ledged by all. A rarat, thongh high, is y e t inferior in altitu d e to m any of
the passes of th e H im m a le h ; its iey head m ay be steep, b u t yet, th a t resolute m an can clim b th e n ar
rowest ridge o f the steepest ice, w as proved in th e ascent o f th e Jungfrau by M. Agassiz, Mr. Forbes,
and others, in 1841. T h e resu lt of M. P arrot’s scientific investigations are h ere given com plete, and
the work abounds w ith th e th e observations and statem ents o f a learned, p atien t an d philosophical
mind, in te n t on th e objects of its researches. T h e large an d handsom e m ap in front, and th e n ea tly
engraved illustrations scattered over th e volum e, add m u c h to th e beauty o f th e book, w h ile they
enhance its value to th e student.
3.
— T h e o lo g y E x p l a in e d a n d D e f e n d e d i n a S e r ie s o f S e r m o n s . By TiMOTHy D w ig h t , S. T . D.,
L. L. D. W ith a M emoir o f th e L ife o f th e A uthor. In four volum es. N ew Y ork: H arper &
Brothers.
The au th o r o f th is system o f theology, th e text-book in m ost orthodox colleges a t home, an d in
many abroad, claim s a high ran k am ong m en o f th a t class. T h e se volum es, comprising h is sy ste
matic sermons, cost th e ir author m uch labor and research, and w ere, a t th e tim e o f th e ir delivery,
favorite discourses w ith th e public a t large, and w ith his p u p ils ; m any o f w hom , as w e le arn from
his memoir, took notes of th e m every S abbath. T h e ir prim ary object is to explain an d prove w h a t
he deemed th e great truths o f th eo lo g y ; and th e ir second, to enforce them on th e conscience, an d
show their practical influence on th e h e a rt and life. T h e y are w ritten in a clear, bold, and forcible
style, an d show how a mind natu rally fond o f th e im agery can, w h en required by circum stances, bring
itself into subjection to a severe discipline. T h e ch a ra cte r o f Dr. D w ight, as exhibited in th e m emoir,
at the com m encem ent, m u st commend itself to th e good an d tru e o f a ll sects and parties. T h e purity
of his sentim ents and language w as equally rem arkable and exem plary. B u t this is n ot th e place
either to discuss his ch aracter or review his theology. W e m ay add, how ever, th a t th e publishers
have produced a very handsom e edition o f his w orks in four large octavo volum es, each containing
about 600 pages, w h ich th e y afford a t $6, being greatly reduced in price from an y form er edition.
4.
— L i v e s o f D i s t i n g u i s h e d A m e r i c a n N a v a l O fficers. By J . F e n n i m o r e C o o p e r , A u th o r o f th e
“ Spy,” “ T h e Pilot.” &c. V ol. I. P h ila d e lp h ia : C arey & H art.
This volum e contains th e lives o f Bainbridge, Somers, Shaw , Shubrick, and Preble, w ritten w ith
apparent im partiality, an d w ith th e distinguished ability o f th e author. I t is w ell, perhaps, to preserve
these m em orials o f “ n av a l glory,” as m atter of history ; but th e trium phs o f peace, and progress in
the art of saving m en’s lives, is far more to our taste.
398
5.
The Book Trade,
— T h e F a r m e r 's D i c t i o n a r y ; a V o c a b u la r y o f th e T e c h n ic a l T e r m s R e c e n tl y I n tr o d u c e d in to A g r i
c u l t u r e a n d H o r t i c u l t u r e , f r o m V a r i o u s S o u r c e s , a n d a ls o a C o m p c n d o f P r a c t i c a l F a r m i n g ; the
l a t t e r c h ie fly f r o m th e w o r k s o f th e R e v . W . L . R h a m , L o n d o n , L o w , a n d J o n a l t , a n d th e M o st
E m i n e n t A m e r i c a n A u t h o r s . Edited by D. P. G a r d n e r , M. D., H onorary M ember o f several Ag
ricultural Societies. W ith N um erous Illustrations. N ew Y ork: H arper & Brothers.
T h e re is an unceasing dem and for works o f th is class ; and there is not, perhaps, a better method
o f com m unicating know ledge in relation to th e various arts o f life, th a n th ro u g h th e m edium of the
encyclopaedia or th e dictionary. T h e y are ea sy o f reference, an d w e tu rn a t once to th e subject on
w h ich w e require precise inform ation. T h e present w ork appears to be w ell adapted to th e wants
o f th e agriculturist. It is not volum inous, but furnishes, in a clear and com prehensive form, just
th a t kind and am ount o f inform ation, th a t every person w ho tills an acre o f land, plants an orchard,
keeps a cow or a horse, &c., w ill find alm ost indispensable. T h e com piler h as availed him self of
th e labors o f th e m ost recen t and distinguished practical and scientific agriculturists in Europe and
A m erica.
6. — N o t e s o f a J o u r n e y f r o m C o r n h i ll to G r a n d C a ir o , b y W a y o f L i s b o n , A t h e n s , C o n s ta n tin o p le ,
a n d J e r u s a l e m ; P e r fo r m e d i n th e S t e a m e r s o f th e P e n i n s u l a r a n d O r i e n ta l C o m p a n y . By Mr. M.
A . T i t m a r s h , A uthor of th e “ Irish S ketch Book,” &.c. N ew Y o rk : W ile y &. P u tn am ’s Library
o f Choice Heading, No. 58.
W h e th e r th is journey w as actually perform ed by M r. T itm arsh , a l i a s T hack eray , in his own
proper person, or only in im agination, in th e au th o r’s e tu d e , is a m atter o f little m om ent, so long as it is
a n interesting book, and w h ich w e venture to anticipate w ill be a popular one. Indeed, it is so already;
a s a ll in th e circle o f our acquaintance w ho h av e read, uniform ly pronounce it a delightful book,
an d every w ay w o rth y a place in th e “ Library of Choice Reading.”
7.
— H i s t o r y o f th e E n g l i s h R e v o lu t i o n o f 1640, c o m m o n ly c a lle d t h e G r e a t R e b e llio n , f r o m th e accession
o f C h a r le s I . to h i s d e a th . By F . G u i z o t , Prim e M inister o f F rance, au th o r o f “ H istory of Civili
zation in E urope,” etc. etc. T ra n slated by W i l l i a m H a z l i t t . N ew Y o rk : D. A ppleton & Co.
P h ila d e lp h ia : G. S. A ppleton.
M.
G uizot h as long been regarded one o f th e m ost distinguished m en o f F ran ce. A professor of
H istory in a prom inent institution of th a t country, h e form erly earned a w ide rep u tatio n in a series of
lectures w hich w ere afterw ards published under th e title of th e “ G eneral H istory o f Civilization in
E urope,” and h e h a s since gradually advanced to his present com m anding position as prim e minister
o f F rance. T h e peculiar cast o f G uizot’s character as a historian, is m arked by acuteness, condensa
tion o f style, com prehensiveness of view , and a logical precision by w h ich h e accu rately follows out
general causes to their consequences, a s w ell as by high m oral principle. T h e p resent w ork exhibits
th e p eculiar traits o f th is historian, and presents th e leading events in th a t g reat revolution which
occupies so large a space in th e history o f E ngland. T h e p resent volum e is em braced in th e admira
ble series o f books in course of publication u n d er th e general title o f “ A ppleton’s L iterary Mis
cellan y .”
8. — T h e B o o k o f P e a c e ; a C o lle c tio n o f E s s a y s o n W a r a n d P e a c e . N ew Y ork: M. W . Dodd.
T h is volum e is w ell-tim ed, and th e argum ents an d considerations in favor o f peace principles are
exhibited in a clear and convincing light. T h e contents o f th e volum e are culled from a w ide as well
as lu xuriant field—from th e gardens of intellect and learning in both hem ispheres, from some of the
b est an d purest w riters in th e la st three centuries, from m en o f every faith , P rotestant an d Catholic,
O rthodox and U nitarian. T h e subject is itse lf a sort of Delos, w h ith e r th e best spirits o f every party,
creed and clime, gather, to blend in sw eet and hallow ed sym pathy ; an d th e volum e exhibits a con
stellation o f th e peaceful pleiades, pouring th e ir m ingled splendor on this common them e o f benefi
cence, hum anity, and C hristian patriotism . W e com m end it to su ch o f o u r statesm en as would em
broil th is nation in a foolish an d w icked w ar w ith England.
9.
— T h e H i s t o r y o f I r e l a n d , A n c i e n t a n d M o d e m , t a k e n f r o m th e m o s t A u t h e n t i c R e c o r d s , a n d dedi
c a te d to t h e I r i s h B r i g a d e . By th e Abbe M a c G e o g h e g a n . T ra n slated from th e F rench, by P a t
r i c k O ’K e l l y , Esq.
N ew Y ork : D. & J . Sadlier.
T h is is a labored and extended history of Ireland from th e pen o f a learned divine o f th a t country.
I t em braces m uch o f in terest to those w ho are o f th e E m erald Isle, a s w ell as th e general scholar.
W ritte n in a clear style, it is judiciously arranged, and gives us some o f th e m ost prom inent circum
stances connected w ith a people w h ich possesses m any very noble and estim able traits o f character,
an d from w h ich our ow n country has derived a considerable portion o f its population and its produc
tive industry. T h e w ork is com prised in ab o u t seven hundred royal octavo pages, printed on a clear,
bold type, and a very su bstantial w h ite paper; and, altogether, forms one o f th e handsom est books
produced in this country.
10. — P h i la n t h r o p y ; o r , M y M o t h e r 's B i b le . F o u n d e d o n a n in c i d e n t w h ic h h a p p e n e d i n M e w Y o r k . New
Y o rk : H arper & Brothers.
W h a te v e r objections m ay exist in th e m inds of m any honest an d good people to tales o f the imagi
nation intended for th e am usem ent and instruction of th e young, th e y w ill n ot apply to this little
volum e, because it is founded on fact, and is so simple in narrative an d so tru th fu l in detail, and,
w ith a l, so full o f love and kindness, th a t its influence cannot be otherw ise th a n salu tary on all those
w ho m ay chance to read i t ; and w e hope th e num ber w ill not be sm all.
The Book Trade.
399
By M a r y S. B. D a n a , au th o r o f th e “ N orthern
and Southern H arps,” “ T h e Young Sailor,” etc. N ew Y ork: H arper & Brothers.
T he life o f the sailor, so full o f daring and adventure, and his character, a mixed one, o f course,
w ith m any noble and generous traits, an d not w ith o u t his foibles and vices, th e latter too often th e
result of unfavorable circum stances, affords m aterials o u t o f w h ich to w ork u p th e m ost am using, and
at the s4me tim e, th e m ost instructive narrative. Mrs. D ana’s story is w ell told, and th e lessons o f
wisdom and goodness it inculcates, are w ell w o rth remembering.
l \ — F o r e c a s tle T o m ; o r , th e L a n d s m a n t u r n e d S a i lo r .
N ew Y o rk : H untington 8r Savage.
This work appears to have been got u p w ith great care on th e part of th e au th o r, an d lib eral ex
pense on th a t o f th e publishers. I t m ay be com m ended as a model in resp ect to all th e m echanical
departments, paper, printing, engravings, &c. In respect to th e contents o f th e book, w e m ay state
that it appears to us to be prepared w ith skill, taste, and know ledge o f th e subject. T h e au th o r h as
displayed his u su al ta c t in selecting w h a t is to be taught, and the m a n n er o f teaching it. As th e
work is designed as a m anual for teaching, and is all to be le arn t by th e pupil, superfluous m a tte r is
rejected, especially in th e m aps ; so th a t, w h ile m uch tim e and trouble w ill be saved to the scholar
and teacher, th e subject w ill be more thoroughly m astered, m ore clearly considered, an d more in d eli
bly impressed on th e m em ory. T h e g lo b e m a p attach e d to th e w ork is a h ap p y contrivance, so sim
ple and y e t so useful, th a t w e are astonished it h as never been th ought o f before. W e regard this
feature of th e w ork as an invaluable endow m ent to our schools and th e cause o f education.
12.— G o o d r ic h ’s N a t i o n a l G e o g r a p h y .
By C. E d w a r d s L e s t e r . N ew Y o rk : B aker & Scribner.
This serial h as reached its third num ber, and em braces com prehensive sk etches o f th e lives o f
W ashington A llston, H enry Inm an, Benjam in W est, an d G ilbert S tuart, w ith b eau tifu l outline por
traits of each. Mr. L ester is an ardent and en th u siastic adm irer o f every thing A m erican, and besides,
he brings to his present enterprise a highly cultivated m ind, and a ju s t an d discrim inating taste. T h e
numbers of th e w ork now before us, are simple and chaste in design, an d highly finished in execution.
The object o f th e w ork, as w e h av e before stated , is a more general diffusion o f th e m ost au th en tic
information relative to our artists and th e ir w orks, to m ake them better know n a t h o m e . T h e pub
lishers h ave expressed th e ir determ ination to spare no pains or m eans requisite to m ake th is a w ork
which no artist or friend o f A m erican a rt w ill be unw illing to favor.
13 .— A r t i s t s o f A m e r i c a .
14. — E l o c u ti o n ; o r . M e n t a l a n d V o c a l P h i lo s o p h y : I n v o l v i n g th e P r i n c i p l e s o f R e a d i n g a n d S p e a k
i n g ; a n d d e s ig n e d f o r th e D e v e lo p m e n t a n d C u l t i v a t i o n o f b o th B o d y and. M i n d , i n A c c o r d a n c e w ith ,
the M a tu r e , U s e s , a n d D e s t i n y o f M a n , I l l u s t r a t e d b y T w o o r T h r e e H u n d r e d C h o ic e A n e c d o te s ,
T h r e e T h o u s a n d O r a t o r ic a l a n d P o e t ic a l R e a d i n g s ; F i v e T h o u s a n d P r o v e r b s , M a x i m s , a n d L a
co n ics, a n d S e v e r a l H u n d r e d E l e g a n t E n g r a v i n g s . By Prof. B r o n s o n , A . M., M. D. N ew Y o rk :
A. 9 . Barnes & Co.
T h e copious title-page to th is volum e, w h ich w e have quoted entire, is a v ery good index o f its
contents and character. T h a t Professor Bronson has m ade some im portant discoveries in th e p h i
losophy o f elocution, and been singularly successful as a teacher, throughout th e U nited S tates, is
very generally adm itted by a ll w ho h av e an y know ledge o f th e subject. T h is volum e is designed to
explain an d illustrate th e principles of his system ; an d is th e fifth edition or six teen th th o u san d p u b
lished. A side from its value as a w ork o f instruction, it is one of th e m ost en tertaining books o f th e
class ever published.
15. —P e r r a n z a b u lo e , th e L o s t C h u r c h F o u n d ; o r , th e C h u r c h o f E n g l a n d n o t a M e w C h u r c h , b u t A n
c ie n t, A p o s t o li c a n d In d e p e n d e n t, a n d a P r o t e s t i n g C h u r c h , M i n e H u n d r e d Y e a r s b e fo r e th e R e f o r
m a tio n . By Rev. C. T . C o l l i n s T r e l a w n e y , A . M., late R ector of T im sbury, Som erset, and for
m erly F ellow o f Baliol College, Oxford. N ew Y o rk : Stanford & Swords.
T his is th e first A m erican, from th e fifth London edition of a w ork th a t h as attracted conside
rable notice in E ngland. T h e design o f th e author, as m ay be gathered from th e th e title-page quoted,
and more fully from th e volum e th a t follows, is to show th e antiquity of th e Episcopal C h u rch in
th at b ranch o f it now know n as th e E nglish. T h e pretensions o f Rom e are discussed w ith as m u ch
charity as w e should expect from one w ho holds to a different ch u rch . T h e w ork presents, in a
com prehensive form, m any interesting historical notes, and th e positions o f th e au th o r are su stained
by an array of data, th a t w ill, no doubt, prove entirely satisfactory to th e A m erican C hurchm an.
16. — A D e b a t e o n S l a v e r y ; h e ld i n t h e C i t y o f C i n c in n a t i, o n t h e F i r s t , S e c o n d , T h i r d , a n d S i x t h
D a y s o f O c to b e r, 1845, U p o n th e Q u e s t i o n : I s S l a v e r y i n i t s e l f S i n f u l , a n d th e r e la t io n b e tw e en
M a s t e r a n d S l a v e a S i n f u l R e l a ti o n ? N ew Y ork : M ark H. N ew m an.
W e h av e , in this voium e o f nearly five hundred pages, a discussion on th e subject o f slavery, b y
tw o m em bers of th e P resbyterian denom ination. T h e affirmative w as supported by th e Rev. J .
Blanchard, pastor o f th e Sixth (new school) P resbyterian Church, Cincinnati, and th e negative b y
N . L. Rice, D. D ., o f th e C entral (old school) P resbyterian ch u rch o f th a t city. T h e subject is ab ly
discussed on both sides. T h e debate w as conducted w ith constant reference to publication, and ev ery
thing p ertinent to th e subject, w as urged in as concise a m anner as th e m ode o f debate w ould adm it.
Tw o reporters o f em inence, A. J . S tansbury, o f W ashington city, an d E . P. C ranch, o f C incinnati,
w ere em ployed, and th e report w as w ritten out by th e m , and revised by th e parties, and is h ere
itb a com plete index.
The Book Trade,
400
17— T h e F a i r y B o o k ; I l l u s t r a t e d w i th E i g h t y o n e C u t s b y A d a m s . N ew Y o rk : H arp er & Brothers.
T h is book w ill answ er w ell its design, not th e highest, but innocent, p erhaps, th a t erf am usement
for th e young. It contains some of th e old fairy stories w e read w ith pleasure in our boyhood, and
some o f m ore recent date, translated expressly for th is work. T h e engravings by A dam s are exqui
site—n o t surpassed by a n y th a t w e h ave before seen.
18.
— A M a n u a l , A n a l y t i c a l a n d S y n th e t ic a l , o n O r th o g r a p h y a n d D e f i n i t i o n . By J ames M. M cE llig o t t , P rincipal o f th e M echanics’ Society School, N ew York. N ew Y o rk : M ark H. N ew m an.
T h is m anual o f instruction appears to possess considerable m erit. I t h as been exam ined by such
m en a s C hancellor F relinghuysen, Dr. R eese, an d o ther em inent friends o f education, w ho have
ea ch expressed a decidedly favorable opinion a s to its general excellence, and adaptation to th e pur
pose for w hich it is designed. T h e Y oung A nalyzer, a sm aller volum e, presents a n easy outline of
th e course o f instruction more fully developed in th is (larger) w ork.
19.
— E l e m e n t s o f M o r a l P h ilo s o p h y , o n th e b a s i s o f th e T e n C o m m a n d m e n ts ; c o n t a i n i n g a C om plete
S y s t e m o f M o r a l D u t i e s . By L e i c e s t e r A . S a w y e r , President o f C entral College, Ohio.
W e can conceive of no better or h ig h e r stan d a rd o f m oral philosophy or ethics, th a n th a t embraced
in th e summing up o f th e ten com m andm ents, v i z : to love God suprem ely, an d our neighbor as our
selves ; and ju s t in th e degree th e w rite r o f th e present treatise h a s em braced th is standard o f moral
excellence, m u st all pure-m inded, honest m en, approve and adopt it. T h e re is m u ch in th e volume
th a t m eets w ith our m ost h ea rty approval, w h ile there are som e things th a t w e consider irrelevant to
th e subject, and w h ich belong rath er to th e popular theology, th a n to a w ork devoted to m oral philo
sophy, and designed as a text-book for colleges, and other sem inaries o f learning.
20. — T h e C h u r c h m a n 's R e a s o n s f o r h i s F a i th a n d P r a c tic e . B y Rev. N. S. R ic h a r d s o n , A. M., au
th o r o f “ Reasons W h y I am a C hurchm an.” N ew Y o rk : Jam es A. S parks.
T h e volum e w ith th e above title w ill com m end itse lf to C hurchm en generally. I t seem s not to
h av e been w ritten in a controversial spirit, and agitates n eith er th e questions o f Puseyism er Low
C hurchism , b u t recom m ends th e principle of “ L a i s s e z f a i r e " sufficiently to bring those points which
are m ost settled and im portant m ore and more before th e C h u rc h ; urging th e necessity o f rath er re
garding th e tru e purpose o f a C hurchm an to do good, as far as his know ledge extends. T h e author
earnestly recom m ends a return to th e principles w h ic h th e C hurch, in a ll its divisions, m ust have in
common. A lthough th e book cannot claim th e credit of originality, still it w ill doubtless please every
tru e C hristian to see th a t, am ong th e agitations and com motions o f th e C hurch, its great end, and that
o f all sects—th e furtherance o f pure religion—is not w holly lost sight of.
21. — T h e M a tr i c i d e . By J o h n K . D u e r , U . S. N . N ew Y o rk : W . H. G raham .
In this story all th e elem ents of th e M onk L ew is school o f rom ance, love, m urder an d seduction are
com bined and w orked up. T his, to us, seem s not th e m ost valuable kind o f production, and how
ev er m u c h it m ay b ear th e m arks of genius, w e think it could be far b etter directed th a n it is here.
22 — “ T h e H a r b i n g e r ; d e v o te d to S o c ia l a n d P o l i t i c a l P r o g r e s s ,” published by th e Brook Farm
P halanx, aside from th e beneficent principles it advocates in a truly catholic spirit, is, in our opin
ion, th e b est literary journal in th e country. Its articles are singularly able, and le av e th e impress
o f m inds filled w ith th e highest inspiration o f goodness and genius. T h e notices o f new books
are discrim inating and just.
BOOKS IN PAPER COVERS23. — M a r y d e C liffo r d , a N o v e l . B y S i r E d g e r t o n B r y d g e s . Complete in One V olum e. Philadel
p h ia : C arey & H art.
24. — W i l d S p o r t s i n E u r o p e , A s i a a n d A f r i c a . By L t. C o l o n e l E . N a p i e r , (late 45th Regiment,)
author of “ Scenes and Sports in Foreign L a n d s,” “ Excursions along th e S hores o f th e Mediterra
n ea n ,” “ R em iniscences o f S yria,” etc. E . F errett &. Co’s C abinet Series o f E ntertaining Books,
No. 1.
25. — T h e H a l f - y e a r l y A b s t r a c t o f th e M e d i c a l S c ie n c e s : b e in g a P r a c t i c a l a n d A n a l y t i c a l D i g e s t o f
th e C o n te n ts o f th e P r i n c i p a l B r i t i s h a n d C o n t in e n t a l M e d ic a l W o r k s P u b l is h e d i n th e p r e c e d in g s ix
M o n th s .
T o g e t h e r w i t h a S e r ie s o f C r i ti c a l R e p o r ts o n th e P r o g r e s s o f M e d ic in e , a n d th e C o lla te ra l
S c ie n c e s D u r i n g th e S a m e P e r io d . Edited by W . H. R a n k i n , M. D., C antab P hysician to the Gene
ral H ospital. P a rt 2, Vol. J u ly to D ecem ber, 1845. N ew -Y ork : J . & H . G. Langley,
— T h e I n c o g n i t o : o r , S i n s a n d P e c c a d illo e s . B y Don T . D e T r u e b a , A u th o r o f “ Romance o f
H istory, S pain,” “ T h e C astilian,” etc. P hiladelphia : Carey & H art.
27.
— C o u n t J u l i a n ; o r , T h e L a s t D a y s o f t h e G o th . A H i s t o r i c a l R o m a n c e . B y th e A uthor of
“ G uy R ivers,” “ T h e Y em assee,” etc. B altim ore : W illiam T aylor & Co.
528.— G u y R i v e r s : A T a l e o f G e o r g ia . B y th e A uthor o f “ M artin F ab er,” “ A talantis,” etc.
H arpers’ Pocket E ditions of Novels, No. 14.
29. — T h e S t e f - M o t l i e r , a R o m a n c e . By G. P . R. J a m e s , Esq. In 2 P arts. N os. 7 4 and 75 H arper’s
L ibrary o f S elect N ovels.
30. — T h e E lv e s .
T r a n s l a t e d f r o m t h e G e r m a n o f T i e c k . By T h o m a s C a r l y l e . W it h o ther Tales
and S ketches. N o. 73 H arper’s L ibrary of S elect N ovels.
31. — T h e A d v e n t u r e s o f a F r e n c h G e n t le m a n . By th e au th o r o f “ P ickw ick Abroad.” W ith nume
rous Illustrations. N ew Y o rk : W ilson & Co.
32— T h e T r e a s u r y o f H i s t o r y , N o . 9. N ew Y o rk : D aniel A dee. [T h is n um ber concludes th e His
tory o f S pain, w ith a brief description of Portugal, A ustria and G erm an States, and N orway, Sw e
den, and D enm ark. Russia, and h er tyranny over Poland, th e C antons o f Sw itzerland, ItaJv-**and
th e Bridge of Sighs o f V enice, are also pictured.]
26.
@FedFRASER